FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP INC
10-K, 2000-03-30
SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS, NOT FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: IMX PHARMACEUTICALS INC, NT 10-K, 2000-03-30
Next: INNOTRAC CORP, 10-K405, 2000-03-30





                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

              Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(D) of the
                         Securities Exchange Act Of 1934

                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

                        Commission file number: 000-23809

                          FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

              DELAWARE                                     22-3566151
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                           (IRS Employer
incorporation or organization)                         Identification No.)

               1000 WOODBRIDGE CENTER DRIVE, WOODBRIDGE, NJ, 07095
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (732) 726-9700
        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01
                                (Title of class)

Check  whether the issuer (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by Section
13 or 15(d) of the Exchange  Act of 1934 during the  preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports),  and
(2) had been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                                  YES[X] NO[_]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best  of the  registrant's  knowledge,  in a  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in part  III of this  form  10-K or any
amendment to this form 10-K. [_]

The  aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the
issuer,  based on the closing  price of its Common Stock on March 17,  2000,  as
quoted by the Nasdaq Stock Market, was approximately $253.6 million.  Solely for
the purposes of this  calculation,  the shares held by directors and officers of
the registrant are deemed to be shares held by affiliates.

As of March 17, 2000, there were 43,106,742  shares issued and 36,063,045 shares
outstanding of the Registrant's common stock.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

I.   Portions  of the Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the Fiscal Year Ended
     December 31, 1999 (Part II).


II.  Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2000 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
     (Part III).

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                      INDEX

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
PART I
         Item 1.   Business ..............................................    3
         Item 2.   Properties ............................................   28
         Item 3.   Legal Proceedings .....................................   30
         Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ...   30

PART II  Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
                   Stockholder Matters ...................................   30
         Item 6.   Selected Financial Data ...............................   30
         Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                   Financial Condition and Results of Operations .........   30
         Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
                   About Market Risk .....................................   30
         Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...........   30
         Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                   on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ................   30

PART III
         Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant ....   31
         Item 11.  Executive Compensation ................................   31
         Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain
                   Beneficial Owners and Management ......................   31
         Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions ........   31

PART IV
         Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
                   Reports on Form 8-K ...................................   32

SIGNATURES                                                                   34

                                       2
<PAGE>


                                     PART I

ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC.

     First  Sentinel  Bancorp,  Inc.  ("First  Sentinel" or the  "Company") is a
Delaware  corporation  organized by First  Savings Bank ("First  Savings" or the
"Bank") for the  purpose of holding all of the capital  stock of the Company and
facilitating the Conversion and  Reorganization of the Bank, which was completed
on April 8, 1998,  (as further  described  below).  At December  31,  1999,  the
Company had consolidated total assets of $1.9 billion and total equity of $244.6
million.  The Company is a unitary thrift holding  company subject to regulation
by the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS") and the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission ("SEC").

     The  Company's  executive  offices  are located at 1000  Woodbridge  Center
Drive,  Woodbridge,  New Jersey 07095.  The Company's  telephone number is (732)
726-9700.

REORGANIZATION AND ACQUISITION

     On April 8, 1998,  the Bank and its mutual holding  company,  First Savings
Bancshares,  MHC,  completed  a  conversion  and  reorganization  into the stock
holding  company  structure,  forming  First  Sentinel as the new stock  holding
company and issuing  shares of First  Sentinel  Common Stock in the process (the
"Conversion and Reorganization").  As part of the Conversion and Reorganization,
the  Company  sold  16,550,374  shares of  Common  Stock in a  Subscription  and
Community  Offering  for gross  proceeds of $165.6  million.  Concurrently,  the
Company issued 14,820,016 shares of Common Stock in exchange for shares of First
Savings Bank, SLA common stock on a 3.9133-for-1 basis (the "Conversion Exchange
Ratio") in an exchange offering.  All per share and earnings per share data have
been restated for the 3.9133 Conversion Exchange Ratio.

     On December 18, 1998, the Company acquired Pulse Bancorp,  Inc.  ("Pulse").
Each share of Pulse was  converted  into 3.764  shares of the  Company's  common
stock.  A total of 12,066,631  shares were issued,  including  800,000  treasury
stock shares,  to complete the  transaction.  The acquisition has been accounted
for under the  pooling-of-interests  method of accounting and  accordingly,  the
Company's consolidated financial statements include the accounts and activity of
Pulse for all periods presented.  Prior to the combination,  Pulse's fiscal year
ended on  September  30.  In  recording  the  transaction,  Pulse's  results  of
operations  for fiscal  years ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997 and  financial
condition as of September 30, 1997 were  combined  with the  Company's  calendar
years.  Pulse's results of operations through December 31, 1998 were included as
an adjustment in the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity. As part of
the  merger,  Pulse  adopted the  Company's  reporting  period,  and an $828,000
reduction was made to stockholders' equity to include Pulse's operations for the
three months ended December 31, 1998.

FIRST SAVINGS BANK

     First  Savings  is  a  New  Jersey-chartered  capital  stock  savings  bank
headquartered  in  Woodbridge,  New Jersey.  First  Savings has  operated in its
present market area since 1901. Until 1992, the Bank operated in the mutual form
of  organization.  On July 10, 1992,  the Bank  reorganized to become a majority
owned subsidiary of a  federally-chartered  mutual holding company.  As detailed
above,  on April 8,  1998,  the Bank  became a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company.

     The Bank's executive  offices are located at 1000 Woodbridge  Center Drive,
Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095. The Bank's telephone number is (732) 726-9700.

                                       3
<PAGE>


BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Statements  contained  in this  report  that  are not  historical  fact are
forward-looking  statements,  as that term is defined in the Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  Such  statements  may  be  characterized  as
management's  intentions,  hopes,  beliefs,  expectations  or predictions of the
future. It is important to note that such forward-looking statements are subject
to risks and uncertainties  that could cause actual results to differ materially
from those  projected  in such  forward-looking  statements.  Factors that could
cause future results to vary materially from current  expectations  include, but
are not limited to, changes in interest rates,  competition by larger  financial
institutions,  deposit and loan growth, changes in the quality or composition of
the Company's loan and investment portfolios,  changes in accounting principles,
policies or  guidelines,  legislative  and  regulatory  changes,  changes in the
economy generally and changes in business conditions in the New Jersey market.

     The Company's  objectives  are to enhance  shareholder  value by profitably
meeting  the  needs  of our  customers  and  seeking  controlled  growth,  while
preserving  asset  quality  and  maintaining  a  strong  capital  position.  The
Company's strategy emphasizes customer service and convenience,  and the Company
attributes  the loyalty of its customer base to its  commitment  to  maintaining
customer  satisfaction.  The  Company  attempts  to set  itself  apart  from its
competitors  by  providing  the  type  of  personalized  service  not  generally
available  from larger  banks while  offering a greater  variety of products and
services   than  is  typically   available   from  smaller,   local   depository
institutions.

     The Company's  principal  business is attracting  retail  deposits from the
general public and investing those deposits,  together with funds generated from
operations  and  borrowings,  primarily in  single-family  residential  mortgage
loans, real estate construction loans, commercial real estate loans, home equity
loans and lines of credit  and  multi-family  residential  mortgage  loans.  The
Company maintains a significant portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and also
invests in U.S.  Government,  Federal agency and corporate  debt  securities and
other marketable securities. The Company's revenues are derived principally from
interest on its loan and mortgage-backed  securities portfolios and interest and
dividends on its investment  securities.  The Company's primary sources of funds
are  deposits,  proceeds  from  principal  and  interest  payments  on loans and
mortgage-backed  securities;  sales of  loans,  mortgage-backed  and  investment
securities  available  for  sale;   maturities  of  investment   securities  and
short-term investments;  and, to an increasing extent, advances from the Federal
Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLB-NY"),  reverse repurchase agreements and other
borrowed funds.

     In an effort to enhance its long-term profitability and increase its market
share,  the Company has endeavored to expand its traditional  thrift lending and
securities investment strategy. Toward this end, the Bank continues to diversify
and expand  upon the  products  and  services it offers by focusing on small and
medium-sized  retail businesses as both lending and deposit customers.  The Bank
has  increased  its  emphasis on the  origination  of  commercial  real  estate,
construction  and  commercial  loans,  as well as the  marketing of its business
checking accounts and other  business-related  services. To develop full-service
relationships  with commercial  customers,  the Bank provides merchant services,
such as merchant  credit card  processing,  overdraft  sweep  accounts,  express
teller  services  and  escrow  management.  The Bank has hired,  and  intends to
continue hiring,  additional  personnel with expertise in commercial  lending to
facilitate growth in this area. The Bank has also increased loan volumes through
the   use  of   third-party   correspondent   lending.   Purchased   loans   are
re-underwritten by the Bank and are extended under the same terms and conditions
as the Bank's direct loan  originations.  Third-party  correspondent  lending is
expected to continue to play a role in the future operations of the Bank.

     As part of the  Company's  asset/liability  management  strategy,  and as a
means of enhancing  profitability,  the Company also invests in  investment  and
mortgage-backed  securities.  In recent years, the Company has begun to increase
its  borrowings  as a means of funding  asset  growth.  The  average  balance of
borrowings outstanding for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$325.5  million,  $217.1 million and $177.8  million,  respectively.  Additional
leveraged growth is anticipated as market conditions allow.

     The Company  repurchased  $48.0  million of its common stock during 1999 as
part  of its  ongoing  capital  management  strategy.  The  Company  intends  to
repurchase an additional 10% of its outstanding common stock in 2000.

                                       4
<PAGE>


     The Company will be upgrading  branch  operations  in 2000.  The Company is
currently interviewing vendors and evaluating hardware and software solutions to
facilitate teller platform automation, including document preparation and online
signature  verification.  These  upgrades  are  intended  to provide  front-line
personnel with interactive sales tools, enhance customer service, streamline the
account opening process, reduce printing costs and provide improved security and
research capabilities. In addition, the Company plans to introduce transactional
internet  banking  in  2000.   Supplementing  the  Company's  existing  delivery
channels,  internet  banking  will  provide  customers  with  on-line  access to
commercial and retail  services.  These services are expected to include on-line
loan applications,  funds transfers,  electronic bill payment and the receipt of
on-line statements.

     The Company will continue to actively pursue retail expansion in contiguous
markets,  having opened its twenty-third  branch and successfully  completed the
integration  of the  former  Pulse  branches  in 1999.  The  Company  intends to
actively seek additional  expansion  opportunities in the areas  surrounding its
current  branch  locations.  The Company,  however,  currently does not have any
pending  agreements or  understandings  regarding  acquisitions  of any specific
financial institutions or branch offices.

MARKET AREA AND COMPETITION

     The  Company has 23 branch  offices in central New Jersey,  19 of which are
located in Middlesex  County,  two in Monmouth county,  one in Mercer County and
one in Union County. The Company's deposit gathering base is concentrated in the
communities  surrounding  its  offices.  The  majority  of  the  Company's  loan
originations  are derived from northern and central New Jersey,  which is a part
of the New York City metropolitan area and which has historically benefited from
having a large number of corporate headquarters and a concentration of financial
services-related  industries.  The area also has a well-educated employment base
and a large  number  of  industrial,  service  and  high-technology  businesses.
Prolonged  expansion in the national and regional  economies,  low  unemployment
levels and favorable  interest rates have contributed to the  stabilization  and
appreciation  in New Jersey's real estate  market in recent years.  Whether such
stabilization and appreciation  will continue is dependent,  in large part, upon
the  general  economic  condition  of both New Jersey and the United  States and
other factors beyond the Company's control and, therefore, cannot be estimated.

     The  Company  faces  significant  competition  both in making  loans and in
attracting  deposits.  The State of New Jersey has a high  density of  financial
institutions,  many of which are branches of significantly  larger  institutions
which have greater  financial  resources than the Company,  and all of which are
competitors of the Company to varying  degrees.  The Company's  competition  for
loans comes principally from commercial banks,  savings banks,  savings and loan
associations, credit unions, mortgage banking companies and insurance companies.
Its most direct  competition for deposits has historically  come from commercial
banks,  savings banks,  savings and loan  associations  and credit  unions.  The
Company faces  additional  competition for deposits from short-term money market
funds, other corporate and government  securities funds and from other financial
institutions such as brokerage firms and insurance companies.

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME

     Net  interest   income   represents  the   difference   between  income  on
interest-earning  assets  and  expense  on  interest-bearing   liabilities.  Net
interest income also depends on the relative amounts of interest-earning  assets
and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.

                                       5
<PAGE>



AVERAGE  BALANCE  SHEET.  The  following  table sets forth  certain  information
relating to the Company's  average  balance sheet and reflects the average yield
on assets and average cost of  liabilities  for the periods  indicated.  Average
balances are derived from month-end balances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)
                                                                       For the Year Ended December 31,
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1999                           1998                          1997
                                          ----------------------------   ----------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                               Average                        Average                        Average
                                            Average             Yield/    Average              Yield/   Average               Yield/
                                            Balance   Interest   Cost     Balance    Interest   Cost    Balance    Interest    Cost
                                          ----------------------------   ----------------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>       <C>     <C>          <C>       <C>    <C>          <C>       <C>
ASSETS:
  Interest-earning assets:
    Loans, net (1) ....................   $  934,991   $68,656   7.34%   $  792,168   $61,431   7.75%  $  679,692   $54,635   8.04%
    Mortgage-backed securities, net ...           --        --     --       205,995    13,774   6.69      407,971    27,607   6.77
    Investment securities .............           --        --     --       140,953     9,032   6.41      173,335    11,942   6.89
    Investment and mortgage-backed
      Securities available
        for sale (2)(3) ...............      893,097    54,732   6.13       554,241    34,936   6.30      236,173    15,057   6.38
                                          --------------------           --------------------          --------------------
        Total interest-earning
          assets ......................    1,828,088   123,388   6.75     1,693,357   119,173   7.04    1,497,171   109,241   7.30
  Non-interest earning assets .........       58,183                         51,271                        55,423
                                          ----------                     ----------                    ----------
        Total assets                      $1,886,271                     $1,744,628                    $1,552,594
                                          ==========                     ==========                    ==========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Interest-bearing liabilities:
      NOW and Money market accounts ...   $  347,325     9,395   2.70    $  308,609     9,008   2.92   $  281,007     8,315   2.96
      Savings accounts ................      170,907     3,931   2.30       177,282     4,431   2.50      184,423     4,819   2.61
      Certificate accounts ............      686,754    33,900   4.94       719,602    39,429   5.48      722,534    39,685   5.49
      Borrowed funds ..................      325,501    17,780   5.46       217,131    12,518   5.77      177,797    10,739   6.04
                                          --------------------           --------------------          --------------------
        Total interest-bearing
          liabilities .................    1,530,487    65,006   4.25     1,422,624    65,386   4.60    1,365,761    63,558   4.65
  Non-interest bearing deposits .......       44,755                         35,297                        26,234
  Other liabilities ...................       15,004                         23,817                        22,996
                                          ----------                     ----------                    ----------
        Total liabilities .............    1,590,246                      1,481,738                     1,414,991
                                          ----------                     ----------                    ----------
  Stockholders' equity ................      296,025                        262,890                       137,603
                                          ----------                     ----------                    ----------
        Total liabilities and
          stockholders' equity ........   $1,886,271                     $1,744,628                    $1,552,594
                                          ==========                     ==========                    ==========
Net interest income/interest
  rate spread (4) .....................                $58,382   2.50%                $53,787   2.44%               $45,683   2.65%
                                                       ==============                 ==============                ==============
Net interest-earning assets/net
  interest margin (5) .................   $  297,601             3.19%   $  270,733             3.18%  $  131,410             3.05%
                                                              =======    ==========           ======   ==========           ======
Ratio of interest-earning assets
  to interest-bearing liabilities .....         1.19 x                         1.19 x                        1.10 x
                                          ==========                     =========                     ==========
</TABLE>

(1)  Loans receivable, net includes non-accrual loans.
(2)  Average assets  available for sale are calculated  using the average market
     value for such assets.
(3)  Includes federal funds sold and FHLB-NY stock.
(4)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
     interest-earning   assets  and  the   average   cost  of   interest-bearing
     liabilities.
(5)  Net  interest  margin  represents  net interest  income  divided by average
     interest-earning assets.

                                       6
<PAGE>


RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

Net  interest  income can also be  analyzed  in terms of the impact of  changing
interest rates on interest-earning  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities and
changing volume or amount of these assets and  liabilities.  The following table
represents  the extent to which  changes in  interest  rates and  changes in the
volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected
the Company's interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated.
Information   is  provided  in  each   category  with  respect  to  (i)  changes
attributable  to changes in volume (change in volume  multiplied by prior rate),
(ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior
volume),  and (iii) the net change.  Changes attributable to the combined impact
of volume  and rate have been  allocated  proportionately  to the  change due to
volume and the change due to rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)
                                                        Year Ended December 31, 1999              Year Ended December 31, 1998
                                                           Compared to Year Ended                    Compared to Year Ended
                                                             December 31, 1998                         December 31, 1997
                                                     -----------------------------------       -----------------------------------
                                                      Increase (Decrease)                       Increase (Decrease)
                                                             Due to                                    Due to
                                                     ---------------------                     ---------------------
                                                     Volume          Rate          Net         Volume         Rate           Net
                                                     -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
  Loans receivable, net ........................     $10,608      $ (3,383)     $  7,225       $ 8,816       $(2,020)      $ 6,796
  Mortgage-backed securities, net ..............      (6,887)       (6,887)      (13,774)      (13,511)         (322)      (13,833)
  Investment securities ........................      (4,516)       (4,516)       (9,032)       (2,120)         (790)       (2,910)
  Investment and mortgage-backed
     securities and loans available
     for sale ..................................      20,764          (968)       19,796        20,046          (167)       19,879
                                                     -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
  Total ........................................      19,969       (15,754)        4,215        13,231        (3,299)        9,932
                                                     -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Deposits:
    NOW and money market accounts ..............       1,090          (703)          387           806          (113)          693
    Passbook and statement savings .............        (155)         (345)         (500)         (186)         (202)         (388)
    Certificates accounts ......................      (1,750)       (3,779)       (5,529)         (177)          (79)         (256)
  Borrowed funds ...............................       5,966          (704)        5,262         2,279          (500)        1,779
                                                     -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
  Total ........................................       5,151        (5,531)         (380)        2,722          (894)        1,828
                                                     -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
Net change in interest income ..................     $14,818      $(10,223)      $ 4,595       $10,509       $(2,405)      $ 8,104
                                                     =======      ========       =======       =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE>


LENDING ACTIVITIES

     LOAN AND MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES PORTFOLIO COMPOSITIONS.  The Company's
loan portfolio  consists  primarily of conventional first mortgage loans secured
by  one-to-four  family  residences  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,   multi-family
residences and commercial real estate.  At December 31, 1999, the Company's loan
portfolio totaled $1.0 billion,  of which $774.9 million,  or 75.5% were one- to
four-family  residential  mortgage  loans.  At that  date,  the  Company's  loan
portfolio  also included  $98.3 million of home equity loans and lines of credit
generally secured by second liens on one-to-four family residential  properties,
$26.9 million of net construction loans, $96.8 million of commercial real estate
loans,  and $12.5 million of  multi-family  residential  mortgage  loans,  which
represented 9.6%, 2.6%, 9.4% and 1.2%, respectively,  of total loans receivable.
Of the mortgage  loan  portfolio  outstanding  at December 31, 1999,  47.3% were
fixed-rate  loans and 52.7% were ARM  loans.  Other  loans held by the  Company,
which  consist  of loans on deposit  accounts,  commercial  business,  personal,
automobile and credit card loans,  totaled $16.6 million, or 1.6% of total loans
outstanding at December 31, 1999. The Company  anticipates  growth in commercial
business and commercial real estate loans, both in amount and as a percentage of
total loans receivable, in the foreseeable future.

The  majority of the loans  originated  by the Company are held for  investment.
However, the Company sells 30 year, fixed-rate,  conforming loans to the Federal
Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  ("Freddie  Mac" or "FHLMC") and  institutional
investors from time to time, and retains  servicing  rights.  All loans are sold
without  recourse.  At December  31, 1999,  the  Company's  servicing  portfolio
totaled $81.9 million.

The Company also invests in mortgage-backed securities and other mortgage-backed
products such as collateralized  mortgage obligations  ("CMOs"). At December 31,
1999, mortgage-backed securities,  including CMOs, aggregated $575.2 million, or
30.2% of total assets, of which 50.2% were secured by ARM loans. The majority of
the Company's  mortgage-backed  securities  are insured or guaranteed by Freddie
Mac,  the  Government  National  Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA"),  or Fannie Mae
("FNMA").  At December 31, 1999, the Company had no  mortgage-backed  securities
held for investment. All mortgage-backed securities were classified as available
for sale at that date. The Company expects classify all mortgage-backed security
purchases  as  available  for sale in the  foreseeable  future.  Mortgage-backed
securities  available for sale are held for an indefinite period of time and may
be sold in response to  changing  market and  interest  rate  conditions,  or to
provide  liquidity to fund activities  such as common stock  repurchases or loan
originations.

                                       8
<PAGE>


The  following  table  sets  forth the  composition  of the  Company's  loan and
mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio in dollar  amounts and as a percentage of
the portfolio at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              At December 31,
                                       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1999                1998               1997               1996               1995
                                       -----------------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                 Percent            Percent            Percent            Percent            Percent
                                       Amount   of Total   Amount  of Total   Amount  of Total   Amount  of Total   Amount  of Total
                                       ------   --------   ------  --------   ------  --------   ------  --------   ------  --------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
Mortgage loans(1):
  One-to-four family ..............  $  774,858   75.52   $657,284   76.10%  $566,625   78.25%  $493,973   75.67%  $448,844   74.65%
  Home equity loans ...............      98,324    9.58     82,672    9.57     56,533    7.81     52,684    8.07     43,853    7.29
  Construction (2) ................      26,890    2.62     23,349    2.70     17,827    2.46     12,996    1.99      7,705    1.28
  Commercial real estate ..........      96,821    9.44     65,069    7.53     54,926    7.58     51,091    7.83     52,788    8.78
  Multi-family ....................      12,499    1.22     17,589    2.04     21,292    2.94     36,066    5.53     42,597    7.08
  A.I.D. (3) ......................          --      --         --      --         --      --         --      --        165    0.03
                                     ----------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
    Total mortgage loans ..........   1,009,392   98.38    845,963   97.94    717,203   99.04    646,810   99.09    595,952   99.11
Other loans .......................      16,638    1.62     17,817    2.06      6,954    0.96      5,956    0.91      5,350    0.89
                                     ----------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
    Total loans receivable ........   1,026,030  100.00%   863,780  100.00%   724,157  100.00%   652,766  100.00%   601,302  100.00%
                                                 ======             ======             ======             ======             ======
Less:
Net deferred loan fees
  (costs) and (premiums)
  and discounts ...................      (1,090)              (422)              (107)               524                995
Allowance for loan losses .........      11,004              9,505              8,454              7,781              7,851
                                     ----------           --------           --------           --------           --------
    Total loans receivable, net ...  $1,016,116           $854,697           $715,810           $644,461           $592,456
                                     ==========           ========           ========           ========           ========

Mortgage loans:
  ARM .............................  $  531,859   52.69%  $439,234   51.92%  $421,642   58.79%  $364,906   56.42%  $321,264   53.91%
  Fixed-rate ......................     477,533   47.31    406,729   48.08    295,561   41.21    281,904   43.58    274,688   46.09
                                     ----------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
    Total mortgage loans ..........  $1,009,392  100.00%  $845,963  100.00%  $717,203  100.00%  $646,810  100.00%  $595,952  100.00%
                                     ==========  ======   ========  ======   ========  ======   ========  ======   ========  ======

Mortgage-backed securities (4):
  CMOs ............................  $  273,511   46.85%  $209,468   32.00%  $ 90,247   15.95%  $ 76,493   13.31%  $103,368   18.78%
  FHLMC ...........................     166,992   28.60    235,415   35.97    253,029   44.72    287,368   50.02    291,141   52.88
  GNMA ............................      57,489    9.85     71,347   10.90    113,179   20.00    134,877   23.47    123,853   22.50
  FNMA ............................      85,828   14.70    138,286   21.13    109,415   19.33     75,821   13.20     32,172    5.84
                                     ----------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
    Total mortgage-backed
      securities ..................     583,820  100.00%   654,516  100.00%   565,870  100.00%   574,559  100.00%   550,534  100.00%
                                                 ======             ======             ======             ======             ======
Net premiums ......................       2,748              3,639              2,704              2,433              1,676
Net unrealized gain (loss) on
     mortgage-backed securities
     available for sale ...........     (11,409)             3,726              1,876                535                241
                                     ----------           --------           --------           --------           --------
   Net mortgage-backed
     securities ...................  $  575,159           $661,881           $570,450           $577,527           $552,451
                                     ==========           ========           ========           ========           ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Includes  $287,000 and  $424,000 in mortgage  loans  available  for sale at
     December  31,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  No loans were  classified  as
     available for sale at December 31, 1999, 1998 or 1997.
(2)  Net of loans in process of $28.0  million,  $41.8  million,  $27.5 million,
     $12.3 million,  and $3.8 million at December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996 and
     1995, respectively.
(3)  Agency for International Development.  Represented a participation interest
     in  a  $15.0  million   aggregate  loan  to  the  Korea  National   Housing
     Corporation, a government-sponsored housing development project.
(4)  Includes $575.2 million, $661.9 million, $200.5 million, $161.1 million and
     $89.3  million in  mortgage-backed  securities  available  for sale at fair
     value at December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

                                       9
<PAGE>


LOAN MATURITY AND REPRICING. The following table shows the maturity or period to
repricing of the Company's loan portfolio at December 31, 1999.  Loans that have
adjustable  rates are shown as being due in the period during which the interest
rates are next  subject to change.  The table does not  include  prepayments  or
scheduled principal amortization.

(Dollars in thousands)
                                             At December 31, 1999
                                  --------------------------------------------
                                              One Year
                                  One Year    to Five      After
                                  or Less       Years    Five Years    Total
                                  --------    --------    --------   ----------
Mortgage loans:
  One-to-four family .........    $ 98,009    $245,796    $431,053   $  774,858
  Home equity loans ..........      27,287      22,835      48,202       98,324
  Construction (1) ...........      26,890          --          --       26,890
  Commercial real estate .....      11,678      16,450      68,693       96,821
  Multi-family ...............         266       7,422       4,811       12,499
                                  --------    --------    --------   ----------
    Total mortgage loans .....     164,130     292,503     552,759    1,009,392
Other loans ..................       9,754       5,592       1,292       16,638
                                  --------    --------    --------   ----------
    Total loans ..............    $173,884    $298,095    $554,051    1,026,030
                                  ========    ========    ========

Net deferred loan costs and unearned premiums ....................        1,090
Allowance for loan losses ........................................      (11,004)
                                                                     ----------
Loans receivable, net ............................................   $1,016,116
                                                                     ==========

(1)  Excludes loans in process of $28.0 million.


The following  table sets forth at December 31, 1999, the dollar amount of loans
contractually  due or repricing  after December 31, 2000, and whether such loans
have fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates (dollars in thousands):

                                                   Due or repricing after
                                                      December 31, 2000
                                              ----------------------------------
                                               FIXED     ADJUSTABLE     TOTAL
                                              --------    --------    ----------
Mortgage loans:
   One-to-four family ....................    $327,916    $348,933    $  676,849
   Equity loans ..........................      63,424       7,613        71,037
   Commercial real estate ................      74,290      10,853        85,143
   Multi-family ..........................       6,454       5,779        12,233
Other loans ..............................       5,567       1,317         6,884
                                              --------    --------    ----------
Total loans receivable ...................     477,651     374,495       852,146
Mortgage-backed securities
   (at amortized cost) ...................     293,370     118,495       411,865
                                              --------    --------    ----------
Total loans receivable and mortgage-
    backed securities ....................    $771,021    $492,990    $1,264,011
                                              ========    ========    ==========


ONE-TO-FOUR FAMILY MORTGAGE LOANS. The Company offers fixed and  adjustable-rate
first  mortgage loans secured by  one-to-four  family  residences in New Jersey.
Typically,  such  residences  are single  family homes that serve as the primary
residence of the owner. Loan  originations are generally  obtained from existing
or past customers, members of the local community, and referrals from attorneys,
established  builders,  and  realtors  within  the  Company's  market  area.  In
addition,  one-to-four family residential  mortgage loans are also originated in
the  Company's  market area through loan  originators  who are  employees of the
Company and are compensated on a

                                       10
<PAGE>


commission basis.  Originated  mortgage loans in the Company's portfolio include
due-on-sale clauses which provide the Company with the contractual right to deem
the loan  immediately  due and payable in the event that the borrower  transfers
ownership of the property without the Company's consent.

At December 31, 1999, 75.5% of total loans  receivable  consisted of one-to-four
family  residential  loans. The Company offers ARM loans with initial fixed rate
terms of  either  one,  three,  five,  seven or ten  years.  After  the  initial
fixed-rate  term,  the loan then converts into a one-year ARM. The Company's ARM
loans may carry an initial  interest  rate which is less than the  fully-indexed
rate for the loan. The initial  discounted  rate is determined by the Company in
accordance  with market and competitive  factors.  The majority of the Company's
ARM loans  adjust  by a  maximum  of 2.00%  per  year,  with a  lifetime  cap on
increases of up to 6.00%. ARM loans are originated for a term of up to 30 years.
Interest  rates charged on fixed-rate  loans are  competitively  priced based on
market  conditions  and the Company's  cost of funds.  The Company's  fixed-rate
mortgage loans currently are made for terms of 10 through 30 years.

Generally,  ARM loans  pose  credit  risks  different  than  risks  inherent  in
fixed-rate loans,  primarily because as interest rates rise, the payments of the
borrower rise, thereby increasing the potential for delinquency and default.  At
the same time, the  marketability  of the  underlying  property may be adversely
affected by higher  interest  rates.  In order to minimize  risks,  borrowers of
one-year ARM loans are qualified at the starting interest rate plus 2.00% or the
fully-indexed rate, whichever is lower. The Company does not originate ARM loans
which provide for negative amortization.  At present, the Company offers Limited
Documentation  loans that do not require income verification but do require full
asset verification.

The Company generally  originates  one-to-four family residential mortgage loans
in amounts up to 95% of the  appraised  value or selling  price of the mortgaged
property,  whichever is lower. The Company  requires private mortgage  insurance
for all loans originated with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80%. Generally, the
minimum  one-to-four family loan amount is $25,000,  and the maximum loan amount
is $500,000.  The Company typically charges an origination fee of up to 3.00% on
one-to-four family residential loans.

HOME EQUITY LOANS AND LINES OF CREDIT.  The Company originates home equity loans
secured by one-to-four family  residences.  These loans generally are originated
as  fixed-rate  loans with terms from five to 15 years.  Home  equity  loans are
primarily  made on  owner-occupied,  one-to-four  family  residences  and to the
Company's first mortgage  customers.  These loans are generally subject to a 80%
loan-to-value  limitation,  including any other  outstanding  mortgages or liens
where  the  first  mortgage  lien is held by the  Company,  and 75% on all other
loans. In addition, the Company currently offers home equity loans for qualified
borrowers with a  loan-to-value  ratio of up to 90%. The Company obtains private
mortgage  insurance  for  some  of  these  types  of  loans,  depending  on  the
underwriting and first lien position. The Company is currently offering "Helping
Hand" home equity loans for low income  borrowers,  with  maximum  terms of five
years,  with  loan-to-value  ratios  of up to 90% and a maximum  loan  amount of
$10,000.  Generally, the Company's minimum equity loan is $5,000 and the maximum
equity loan is $200,000.  As of December 31, 1999, the Company had $63.5 million
in fixed-rate home equity loans outstanding.

The Company also offers a variable rate home equity line of credit which extends
a credit line based on the applicant's income and equity in the home. Generally,
the credit line,  when combined with the balance of the first mortgage lien, may
not exceed 80% of the  appraised  value of the  property at the time of the loan
commitment where the first mortgage lien is held by the Company,  and 75% on all
other  loans.  Home  equity  lines of credit are  secured  by a mortgage  on the
underlying real estate.  The Company  presently  charges no origination fees for
these loans.  A borrower is required to make monthly  payments of principal  and
interest,  at a  minimum  of  $100.00  plus  interest,  based  upon  a  20  year
amortization period.  Generally,  the interest rate charged is the prime rate of
interest (as published in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL) (the "prime rate") plus up to
0.5%.  The loans have a 6.0%  lifetime cap on the amount the  interest  rate may
increase.  The Company also offers a credit line product  which is based on a 15
year  amortization  and the interest rate charged is the prime rate of interest.
These loans also have a 6.0% lifetime  cap. The Company  offers a fixed 12 month
introductory rate on both home equity line of credit products.  The introductory
rate is currently  6.99%.  The Company offers an additional  credit line product
that allows for a  loan-to-value  ratio of up to 90%. The rates charged on these
loans vary  between  the prime  rate plus 1.0% to the prime rate plus 1.5%.  The
Company's  home equity lines of credit  outstanding at December 31, 1999 totaled
$34.8 million, with additional available credit lines of $45.4 million.

                                       11
<PAGE>


CONSTRUCTION  LENDING.  At December 31, 1999,  construction  loans totaled $26.9
million,  or 2.6% of the Company's  total loans  outstanding.  Available  credit
lines  totaled  $28.0  million at December 31, 1999.  The current  policy of the
Company is to charge  interest  rates on its  construction  loans which float at
margins of up to 2.0% above the prime rate.  The  Company's  construction  loans
typically  have  original  principal  balances  that are larger than its one- to
four-family  mortgage  loans,  with  the  majority  of the  loans  ranging  from
available lines of credit of $125,000 to $6.0 million. At December 31, 1999, the
Company had 31 construction loans, 10 of which had principal outstanding of $1.0
million or more, with the largest  outstanding  loan balance being $3.8 million.
At December  31,  1999,  all of the  Company's  construction  lending  portfolio
consisted  of loans  secured by  property  located  in the State of New  Jersey,
primarily for the purpose of constructing one-to-four family homes.

The Company will originate  construction  loans on unimproved land in amounts up
to 70% of the lower of the appraised  value or the cost of the land. The Company
also originates loans for site improvements and construction costs in amounts up
to 75% of  actual  costs or sales  price  where  contracts  for sale  have  been
executed.  Generally,  construction loans are offered for one year terms with up
to four  six-month  options to extend the original term.  Typically,  additional
loan origination fees are charged for each extension  granted,  although in some
cases these fees have been  waived.  The Company  requires an  appraisal  of the
property,  credit  reports,  and  financial  statements  on all  principals  and
guarantors, among other items, on all construction loans.

Construction  lending, by its nature,  entails additional risks as compared with
one-to-four  family mortgage  lending,  attributable  primarily to the fact that
funds are advanced upon the security of the project under  construction prior to
its  completion.   As  a  result,   construction   lending  often  involves  the
disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent on the success of the
ultimate project and the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay the loan.
Because of these factors, the analysis of prospective construction loan projects
requires an expertise that is different in significant  respects from that which
is required for residential  mortgage lending. The Company addresses these risks
through its underwriting procedures. At December 31, 1999, none of the Company's
construction loans were classified as substandard.
See "Assets Quality" for further discussion.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE.  At December 31, 1999, the Company had 121 loans secured
by commercial  real estate,  totaling  $96.8  million,  or 9.4% of the Company's
total loan portfolio.  Commercial real estate loans are generally  originated in
amounts  up to  70% of the  appraised  value  of  the  mortgaged  property.  The
Company's  commercial  real estate loans are permanent loans secured by improved
property  such as office  buildings,  retail  stores,  small  shopping  centers,
medical offices, small industrial facilities, warehouses, storage facilities and
other  non-residential  buildings.  The largest  commercial  real estate loan at
December  31,  1999  was a  participation  loan  originated  in  1999 on a hotel
building with a balance of $5.5 million. All commercial real estate loans in the
Company's portfolio are secured by properties located within New Jersey.

The Company's commercial real estate loans are generally made for terms of up to
15 years.  These loans  typically are based upon a payout over a period of 10 to
25 years.  To originate  commercial  real estate loans,  the Company  requires a
security interest in personal  property,  standby assignment of rents and leases
and some level of personal guarantees,  if possible. The Company has established
$20.0 million as its maximum commercial real estate loan amount.

Loans  secured by commercial  real estate  properties  are generally  larger and
involve  a  greater  degree of risk than  residential  mortgage  loans.  Because
payments  on loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate  properties  are often
dependent on successful operation or management of the properties,  repayment of
such loans may be subject,  to a greater  extent,  to adverse  conditions in the
real estate market or the economy.  The Company seeks to minimize these risks by
limiting the number of such loans,  lending only to  established  customers  and
borrowers otherwise known or recommended to the Company,  generally  restricting
such loans to New Jersey, and obtaining personal guarantees, if possible.

MULTI-FAMILY MORTGAGE LOANS. The Company originates  multi-family mortgage loans
in its primary lending area. As of December 31, 1999, $12.5 million, or 1.2%, of
the Company's total loan portfolio consisted of multi-family  residential loans.
At December 31, 1999, the Company had three  multi-family loans with outstanding
balances in

                                       12
<PAGE>


excess of $1.0 million. Large multi-family loans such as these are originated on
the basis of the Company's  underwriting  standards for  commercial  real estate
loans.

OTHER  LENDING.  The  Company  also  offers  other  loans,  primarily  business,
commercial, personal and automobile loans and loans secured by savings accounts.
At December 31, 1999, $16.6 million, or 1.6%, of the loan portfolio consisted of
such other loans.

LOAN APPROVAL AUTHORITY AND UNDERWRITING.  All loans secured by real estate must
have the approval or ratification  of the members of the Loan  Committee,  which
consists  of at least two  directors  and at least two  officers  engaged in the
lending  area.  The Loan  Committee  meets at least monthly to review and ratify
management's  approval of loans made within the scope of its authority since the
last  committee  meeting,  and to  approve  mortgage  loans  made in  excess  of
$750,000, but not greater than $1.0 million. Real estate loans in excess of $1.0
million require prior Board approval.  Prior Board approval is also required for
the  origination  of  consumer  and  business  loans in excess of  $100,000  for
unsecured loans, and $500,000 for secured loans.

One-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans  are  generally   underwritten
according  to Freddie  Mac  guidelines,  except as to loan  amount  and  certain
documentation.  For all loans  originated  by the  Company,  upon  receipt  of a
completed loan application from a prospective  borrower, a credit report is then
requested,  income,  assets and certain other  information  are verified and, if
necessary,  additional financial  information is requested.  An appraisal of the
real estate intended to secure the proposed loan is required, which is currently
performed by appraisers designated and approved by the Board of Directors. It is
the Company's  policy to obtain  appropriate  insurance  protections,  including
title and flood  insurance,  on all real estate first mortgage loans.  Borrowers
must also obtain  hazard  insurance  prior to closing.  Borrowers  generally are
required to advance  funds for certain  items such as real estate  taxes,  flood
insurance and private mortgage insurance, when applicable.

LOAN SERVICING.  The Company  generally retains the servicing rights on loans it
has sold.  The  Company  receives  fees for these  servicing  activities,  which
include  collecting and remitting  loan payments,  inspecting the properties and
making  certain  insurance  and tax  payments  on behalf of the  borrowers.  The
Company was  servicing  $81.9  million and $87.6  million of mortgage  loans for
others  at  December  31,  1999 and 1998,  respectively.  The  Company  received
$202,000 and $237,000 in  servicing  fees for the years ended  December 31, 1999
and 1998, respectively.

LOAN  PURCHASES AND SALES.  The Company is a Freddie Mac  qualified  servicer in
good standing,  and may sell any of its conforming loans originated,  subject to
Freddie Mac  requirements,  and retain the  servicing  rights.  As a part of its
asset/liability  management,  the Company will sell loans, on occasion, in order
to reduce or minimize  potential  interest  rate and credit risk. As of December
31, 1999,  the Company did not have any mortgage  loans  classified as available
for sale.  Mortgage  loans sold totaled  $7.2 million and $14.5  million for the
years ended  December 31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  From time to time,  the
Company may also purchase  mortgage loans.  The Company  purchased $57.5 million
and $26.8  million in mortgage  loans from  third-party  correspondents  for the
years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The Company underwrote the
loans and verified  documentation  prior to purchase and has representations and
warranties  for a one year period,  including  repayment of remaining  purchased
premiums if a loan prepays within the first 12 months.

                                       13
<PAGE>


ASSET QUALITY

The following table sets forth information  regarding  non-accrual  loans, loans
delinquent 90 days or more, and REO. At December 31, 1999, REO totaled  $466,000
and consisted of 7 properties. It is the policy of the Company to cease accruing
interest on loans 90 days or more past due with  loan-to-value  ratios in excess
of 55% and to  reverse  all  previously  accrued  interest.  For the year  ended
December 31, 1999, the amount of additional interest income that would have been
recognized  on  nonaccrual  loans if such  loans had  continued  to  perform  in
accordance with their contractual terms was $197,000.

(Dollars in thousands)
                                                At December 31,
                                   --------------------------------------------
                                    1999     1998     1997     1996       1995
                                   ------   ------   ------   -------   -------

Non-accrual mortgage loans ......  $2,311   $2,647   $4,457   $ 5,715   $ 7,302
Non-accrual other loans .........      45       93       --         4       464
                                   ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
   Total non-accrual loans ......   2,356    2,740    4,457     5,719     7,766
Loans 90 days or more
 delinquent and still
 accruing .......................     326    1,525    1,596       928     1,555
                                   ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
   Total non-performing
    loans .......................   2,682    4,265    6,053     6,647     9,321
Restructured loans ..............      --       --    2,103     2,135     4,167
Total real estate owned,
  net of related allowance
  for loss ......................     466    1,453    1,516     3,750     5,759
                                   ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
Total non-performing assets .....  $3,148   $5,718   $9,672   $12,532   $19,247
                                   ======   ======   ======   =======   =======

Non-performing loans to total
 loans receivable, net ..........    0.26%    0.50%    0.85%     1.03%     1.57%
Total non-performing assets
 to total assets ................    0.17%    0.31%    0.61%     0.84%     1.38%

CLASSIFICATION  OF ASSETS.  The Bank  classifies  loans and other assets such as
debt and equity securities  considered to be of lesser quality as "substandard,"
"doubtful,"  or "loss"  assets.  An asset is considered  "substandard"  if it is
inadequately  protected  by the  current  net worth and paying  capacity  of the
obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. "Substandard" assets include those
characterized by the "distinct  possibility" that the Company will sustain "some
loss" if the  deficiencies  are not corrected.  Assets  classified as "doubtful"
have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified  "substandard," with the
added characteristic that the weaknesses present make "collection or liquidation
in full," on the basis of  currently  existing  facts,  conditions,  and values,
"highly  questionable  and  improbable."  Assets  classified as "loss" are those
considered  "uncollectible"  and of such little value that their  continuance as
assets  without the  establishment  of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.
Assets that do not expose the savings  institution to risk sufficient to warrant
classification in one of the aforementioned  categories,  but which possess some
weaknesses, are required to be designated "special mention" by management. Loans
designated  as special  mention  are  generally  loans  that,  while  current in
required  payment,  have  exhibited  some  potential  weaknesses  that,  if  not
corrected,  could  increase  the level of risk in the  future.  Pursuant  to the
Company's  internal  guidelines,  all  loans  90 days  past  due are  classified
substandard,  doubtful,  or loss. The Company's  classified  assets totaled $7.1
million  and $6.8  million  at  December  31,  1999 and 1998,  respectively.  At
December 31, 1999, $2.5 million of classified  loans were secured by residential
properties.  The  remaining  $4.6  million in  classified  loans were secured by
commercial  real estate.  In early 2000,  the Bank received full  repayment on a
$1.3 million commercial loan classified at December 31, 1999. As of December 31,
1999, the Company's  largest  classified  loan had a balance of $2.0 million and
was secured by an occupied office building.

                                       14
<PAGE>


ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES. The allowance for loan losses is established  through
a provision for loan losses based on management's  evaluation of the adequacy of
the  allowance,  including an assessment of known and inherent risks in its loan
portfolio, review of individual loans for adverse situations that may affect the
borrower's  ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying  collateral,
and  consideration  of  current  economic  conditions.  Such  evaluation,  which
includes  a  review  of all  loans  on  which  full  collectibility  may  not be
reasonably  assured,  considers  the fair  value of the  underlying  collateral,
economic  conditions,  historical loan loss  experience,  and other factors that
warrant  recognition  in  providing  for an  adequate  loan loss  allowance.  In
addition,  various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination
process,  periodically  review  the  Company's  allowance  for loan  losses  and
valuation  of real  estate  owned.  Such  agencies  may  require  the Company to
recognize  additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information
available to them at the time of their examination.

The Company recorded $1.7 million and $1.5 million in provisions for loan losses
for the years ended  December 31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  The increase in
the   provision   for  loan  losses  was  the  result  of   management's   asset
classification  review and  continued  growth in loans  receivable.  The Company
believes that the  allowance for loan losses is adequate.  At December 31, 1999,
the  total  allowance  was  $11.0  million,  which  amounted  to 1.1%  of  loans
receivable,  net and 349.6% of non-performing  assets. The Company will continue
to monitor the level of its allowance for loan losses in order to maintain it at
a level which management considers adequate to provide for probable loan losses.

The  following  table sets forth  activity in the  Company's  allowance for loan
losses for the periods indicated (in thousands):

                                       For the Years Ended December 31,
                               ------------------------------------------------
                                 1999      1998      1997      1996      1995
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------

Balance at beginning
  of period .................  $  9,505   $ 8,454   $ 7,781   $ 7,851   $ 9,114
Provision for loan losses ...     1,650     1,469     1,200       550       310
Charge-offs .................      (151)     (596)     (527)     (730)   (1,809)
Recoveries ..................        --        28        --       110       236
Allowance activity of
  Pulse during conforming
  period, net ...............        --       150        --        --        --
                               --------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Balance at end of period ....  $ 11,004   $ 9,505   $ 8,454   $ 7,781   $ 7,851
                               ========   =======   =======   =======   =======

                                       15
<PAGE>


The following  tables set forth the  Company's  percentage of allowance for loan
losses to total  allowance  for loan  losses  and the  percent of loans to total
loans in each of the  categories  listed  at the  dates  indicated  (dollars  in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  At December 31,
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1999                                          1998
                                              ----------------------------------------        --------------------------------------
                                                                            Percent of                                   Percent of
                                                           Percent of        Loans in                      Percent of     Loans in
                                                          Allowance to         Each                       Allowance to      Each
                                                              Total        Category to                        Total      Category to
                                              Amount        Allowance      Total Loans        Amount        Allowance    Total Loans
                                              ------        ---------      -----------        ------        ---------    -----------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
One- to four-family .......................   $ 4,667          42.41%          75.52%         $4,027          42.37%          76.10%
Home equity loans .........................     1,086           9.87            9.58           1,090          11.47            9.57
Construction ..............................     1,573          14.29            2.62           1,223          12.87            2.70
Commercial real estate ....................     2,630          23.90            9.44           1,963          20.65            7.53
Multi-family ..............................       250           2.27            1.22             522           5.49            2.04
                                              -------         ------          ------          ------         ------          ------
  Total mortgage loans ....................    10,206          92.74           98.38           8,825          92.85           97.94
Other .....................................       541           4.92            1.62             486           5.11            2.06
Unallocated ...............................       257           2.34              --             194           2.04              --
                                              =======         ======          ======          ======         ======          ======
  Total allowance for loan losses .........   $11,004         100.00%         100.00%         $9,505         100.00%         100.00%
                                              =======         ======          ======          ======         ======          ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              At December 31,
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1997                            1996                           1995
                                        ---------------------------     ---------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                             Percent
                                                               of
                                                              Loans                         Percent                         Percent
                                                              in Each             Percent   of Loans             Percent    of Loans
                                                Percent of   Category               of      in Each                 of      in Each
                                                 Allowance     to                Allowance  Category             Allowance  Category
                                                 to Total     Total              to Total   to Total             to Total   to Total
                                        Amount   Allowance    Loans     Amount   Allowance    Loans     Amount   Allowance    Loans
                                        ------    ------     ------     ------    ------     ------     ------    ------     ------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
One- to four-family ................    $3,867     45.75%     78.25%    $4,035     51.85%     75.67%    $4,067     51.81%     74.65%
Home equity loans ..................       458      5.42       7.81        437      5.62       8.07        348      4.43       7.29
Construction .......................       894     10.57       2.46        577      7.42       1.99        301      3.83       1.28
Commercial real estate .............     1,877     22.20       7.58      1,714     22.03       7.83      1,766     22.49       8.78
Multi-family .......................       777      9.19       2.94        787     10.11       5.53        883     11.25       7.08
A.I.D ..............................        --        --         --         --        --         --         --        --       0.03
                                        ------    ------     ------     ------    ------     ------     ------    ------     ------
  Total mortgage loans .............     7,873     93.13      99.04      7,550     97.03      99.09      7,365     93.81      99.11
Other ..............................       258      3.05       0.96        187      2.40       0.91        196      2.50       0.89
Unallocated ........................       323      3.82         --         44      0.57         --        290      3.69         --
                                        ======    ======     ======     ======    ======     ======     ======    ======     ======
  Total allowance for loan losses ..    $8,454    100.00%    100.00%    $7,781    100.00%    100.00%    $7,851    100.00%    100.00%
                                        ======    ======     ======     ======    ======     ======     ======    ======     ======
</TABLE>

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

Mortgage-backed  securities  represent  a  participation  interest  in a pool of
single-family or multi-family mortgages,  the principal and interest payments on
which,  in  general,   are  passed  from  the  mortgage   originators,   through
intermediaries that pool and repackage the participation interest in the form of
securities, to investors such as the Company. Such intermediaries may be private
issuers,  or agencies of the U.S.  Government,  including  Freddie Mac, FNMA and
GNMA, that guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors.

Mortgage-backed  securities  typically are issued with stated principal amounts,
and the  securities  are  backed  by pools of  mortgages  that have  loans  with
interest  rates that are within a specified  range and have varying  maturities.
The  underlying  pool of mortgages  can be composed of either  fixed-rate or ARM
loans.   Mortgage-backed  securities

                                       16
<PAGE>


are generally referred to as mortgage participation certificates or pass-through
certificates.  As a  result,  the  interest  rate  risk  characteristics  of the
underlying pool of mortgages (e.g.,  fixed-rate or  adjustable-rate)  as well as
prepayment,  default and other risks  associated  with the underlying  mortgages
(see "Lending  Activities") are passed on to the certificate holder. The life of
a mortgage-backed  pass-through  security is equal to the life of the underlying
mortgage(s).

The actual maturity of a mortgage-backed  security varies, depending on when the
mortgagors  repay  or  prepay  the  underlying  mortgages.  Prepayments  of  the
underlying mortgages may shorten the life of the security, thereby affecting its
yield to maturity and the related market value of the mortgage-backed  security.
The yield is based upon the interest income and the amortization or accretion of
the premium or discount related to the  mortgage-backed  security.  Premiums and
discounts are amortized or accreted over the anticipated  life of the loans. The
prepayment  assumptions  used to determine the  amortization or accretion period
for premiums and discounts can significantly affect the yield calculation of the
mortgage-backed  security,  and these  assumptions are reviewed  periodically to
reflect  the  actual  prepayment.  The  actual  prepayments  of  the  underlying
mortgages  depend on many factors,  including the type of mortgages,  the coupon
rates, the age of mortgages,  the  geographical  location of the underlying real
estate  collateralizing the mortgages,  general levels of market interest rates,
and general economic conditions. GNMA mortgage-backed securities that are backed
by assumable Federal Housing Authority ("FHA") or Veterans Administration ("VA")
loans  generally  have a  longer  life  than  conventional  non-assumable  loans
underlying  Freddie Mac and FNMA  mortgages-backed  securities.  The  difference
between  the  interest  rates on the  underlying  mortgages  and the  prevailing
mortgage interest rates is an important  determinant in the rate of prepayments.
During  periods  of  falling  mortgage  interest  rates,  prepayments  generally
increase, as opposed to periods of increasing interest rates whereby prepayments
generally decrease.  If the interest rate of underlying mortgages  significantly
exceeds  the  prevailing  market  interest  rates  offered for  mortgage  loans,
refinancing generally increases and accelerates the prepayment of the underlying
mortgages.   Prepayment   experience   is  more   difficult   to  estimate   for
adjustable-rate     mortgage-backed    securities,    both    convertible    and
non-convertible.

The Company has significant  investments in  mortgage-backed  securities and has
utilized such  investments to complement  its mortgage  lending  activities.  At
December 31, 1999, mortgage-backed  securities,  net, totaled $575.2 million, or
30.2% of total assets. All such securities were classified as available for sale
and  carried  at  market  value.  The  Company  invests  in a large  variety  of
mortgage-backed    securities,    including   ARM,    balloon   and   fixed-rate
mortgage-backed  securities,  the  majority  of which are  directly  insured  or
guaranteed  by Freddie Mac,  GNMA and FNMA.  At such date,  the  mortgage-backed
securities portfolio had a weighted average interest rate of 6.52%. Fixed coupon
rates  ranged  from 7.50% to 10.00% for GNMA,  6.00% to 9.50% for  Freddie  Mac,
5.50% to 8.00% for FNMA fixed-rate  securities and 5.50% to 7.00% for fixed-rate
CMOs. Adjustable-rate coupon ranges were as follows: 6.13% to 6.75% for GNMA ARM
mortgage-backed  securities;  5.75% to 7.75% for Freddie Mac ARM mortgage-backed
securities; 5.81% to 7.77% for FNMA ARM mortgage-backed securities; and 5.47% to
7.70% for adjustable-rate CMOs.

Included in the total mortgage-backed  securities portfolio are CMOs which had a
market  value of $264.9  million at December  31,  1999.  The Company  generally
purchases short-term,  straight sequential or planned amortization class ("PAC")
CMOs.  CMOs are securities  created by segregating or portioning cash flows from
mortgage pass-through securities or from pools of mortgage loans. CMOs provide a
broad  range of  mortgage  investment  vehicles  by  tailoring  cash  flows from
mortgages to meet the varied risk and return  preferences  of  investors.  These
securities  enable the  issuer to "carve  up" the cash flow from the  underlying
securities  and thereby  create  multiple  classes of securities  with different
maturity and risk characteristics. The CMOs and other mortgage-backed securities
in which the Company  invests  may have a  multi-class  structure  ("Multi-Class
Mortgage Securities"). Multi-Class Mortgage Securities issued by private issuers
may be collateralized by pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA or issued by
FNMA  or  Freddie  Mac,  or  they  may  be  collateralized  by  whole  loans  or
pass-through  mortgage-backed  securities of private  issuers.  Each class has a
specified  maturity or final  distribution  date. In one structure,  payments of
principal, including any principal prepayments, on the collateral are applied to
the  classes  in the  order  of  their  respective  stated  maturities  or final
distribution  dates,  so that no payment of principal  will be made on any class
until all classes having an earlier stated maturity or final  distribution  date
have  been  paid  in  full.  In  other  structures,   certain  classes  may  pay
concurrently,  or one or more  classes  may  have a  priority  with  respect  to
payments on the underlying  collateral up to a specified  amount.  The Company's
funds  have  not  and  will  not  be  invested   in  any  class  with   residual
characteristics.  The weighted  average  life of CMOs at December 31, 1999,  was

                                       17
<PAGE>


4.91 years.  The stated weighted average  contractual  maturity of the Company's
CMOs, at December 31, 1999, was 19.5 years.

The Company only purchases CMOs and  mortgage-backed  securities  that are rated
"AA"  or  higher  at  the  time  of  purchase.  Prior  to  purchasing  CMOs  and
periodically  throughout  their lives,  individual  securities  are reviewed for
suitability  with  respect  to  projected   weighted  average  lives  and  price
sensitivity.  A large percentage of the fixed-rate CMOs purchased have projected
average  durations  of  three  years or less  using  current  market  prepayment
assumptions  prevalent at the time of purchase and projected  average  durations
that do not exceed  nine  years in the event of a 300 basis  point  increase  in
market  rates of interest.  The Company  receives a detailed  analysis  from the
broker/dealer or from the Bloomberg System on each security.

The amortized  cost and market value of  mortgage-backed  securities at December
31, 1999, by  contractual  maturity are shown below.  Expected  maturities  will
differ from contractual maturities due to prepayments (dollars in thousands):

                                                            AMORTIZED    MARKET
                                                              COST        VALUE
                                                            --------    --------
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale due in:
      Less than one year ...............................    $  2,179    $  2,101
      One year through five years ......................      12,193      12,047
      Five years through ten years .....................      38,973      38,207
      Greater than ten years ...........................     533,223     522,804
                                                            --------    --------
                                                            $586,568    $575,159
                                                            ========    ========

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

The  Investment  Policy of the  Company,  which is  established  by the Board of
Directors and reviewed by the  Investment  Committee,  is designed  primarily to
provide and maintain  liquidity,  to generate a favorable  return on investments
without  incurring  undue  interest rate and credit risk and to  complement  the
Company's  lending  activities.  The  Policy  currently  provides  for  held  to
maturity, available for sale and trading portfolios, although all securities are
currently  classified  as available for sale and all  purchases  through  April,
2000, at least, will be classified as such.

New Jersey state-chartered  savings institutions have the authority to invest in
various types of liquid assets,  including  United States Treasury  obligations,
securities  of various  federal  agencies,  certain  certificates  of deposit of
insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers' acceptances, repurchase
agreements  and  loans  on  federal  funds.  Subject  to  various  restrictions,
state-chartered  savings  institutions may also invest a portion of their assets
in commercial paper, corporate debt securities and asset-backed securities.

INVESTMENTS AVAILABLE FOR SALE. The Company maintains a portfolio of investments
available  for sale to  minimize  interest  rate and market  value  risk.  These
investments,  designated as available for sale at purchase, are marked to market
in  accordance  with  Statement  of Financial  Accounting  Standard No. 115. The
Company's  Investment Policy designates what type of securities may be contained
in the  available  for sale  portfolio.  This  portfolio of  available  for sale
investments  is reviewed and priced at least  monthly.  As of December 31, 1999,
the market value of investment securities available for sale was $213.6 million,
with an  amortized  cost  basis of  $229.2  million,  and was  composed  of U.S.
Treasury and agencies  securities,  state and political  obligations,  corporate
debt  obligations  and equity  securities.  The  available  for sale  portfolio,
excluding equity securities, had a weighted average contractual maturity of 12.4
years.  A  substantial  portion of the  investment  portfolio  is  comprised  of
callable  agency  notes,  which have a variety of call options  available to the
issuer at predetermined  dates. The investment  portfolio's yield is enhanced by
the  addition of callable  agency  notes,  due to the  issuer's  flexibility  in
repricing their funding source, while creating reinvestment risk to the Company.
At December 31, 1999, $155.6 million, or 72.8% of the total investment portfolio
was callable.

                                       18
<PAGE>


INVESTMENT  PORTFOLIO.  The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information
regarding the carrying and market values of the Company's  investment  portfolio
at the dates indicated, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       At December 31,
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1999                     1998                       1997
                                                           ---------------------    ----------------------     --------------------
                                                           Amortized     Market     Amortized      Market      Amortized     Market
                                                              Cost        Value        Cost         Value        Cost         Value
                                                           --------     --------    ---------     --------     --------     --------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Investment securities held to maturity:
  U.S. Government and agency obligations .............     $     --     $     --     $     --     $     --     $124,920     $124,847
  State and political obligations ....................           --           --           --           --        2,663        2,690
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
     Total investment securities
        held to maturity .............................     $     --     $     --     $     --     $     --     $127,583     $127,537
                                                           ========     ========     ========     ========     ========     ========

Investment securities available for sale:
  U.S. Government and agency obligations .............     $155,173     $146,810     $197,635     $198,531     $ 72,798     $ 72,934
  State and political obligations ....................       16,976       15,706        6,900        6,972           --           --
  Corporate obligations ..............................       45,917       40,424       13,414       13,275        4,698        4,685
  Equity securities ..................................       11,149       10,650       24,071       23,419          800          824
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
      Total investment securities
        available for sale ...........................     $229,215     $213,590     $242,020     $242,197     $ 78,296     $ 78,443
                                                           ========     ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>

The table  below  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  the  contractual
maturities,  amortized costs, market values, and weighted average yields for the
Company's  investment  portfolio  at December 31,  1999.  Investments  in equity
securities, which have no contractual maturities, are excluded from this table.

(Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     At December 31, 1999
                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    More than        More than
                                                    One Year        Five Years       More than
                               One Year or Less   to Five Years    to Ten Years      Ten Years                Total
                               ----------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------- ---------------------------------
                                                                                                  Average
                                Amor-  Weighted  Amor-  Weighted  Amor-  Weighted  Amor-  Weighted  Life   Amor-            Weighted
                                tized   Average  tized  Average   tized  Average   tized  Average    in    tized    Market   Average
                                Cost     Yield   Cost    Yield    Cost    Yield    Cost    Yield   Years   Cost      Value    Yield
                               ------  --------  -----  --------  -----  --------  -----  -------- -----   -----    ------  --------
<S>                            <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>   <C>       <C>        <C>
Investment securities
 available for sale:
  U.S. Government and
   agency obligations .......  $10,000   5.74%  $38,980   6.00%  $73,586   6.47%  $32,607   6.93%   8.48  $155,173  $146,810   6.40%
  State and political
   obligations ..............      160   6.39     3,611   6.56     6,468   8.73     6,737   6.91    8.64    16,976    15,706   7.33
  Corporate obligations .....      302   5.96     2,000   5.63     9,928   6.89    33,687   7.24   26.98    45,917    40,424   7.08
                               -------   ----   -------   ----   -------   ----   -------   ----   -----  --------  --------   ----
  Total investment
   securities available
   for sale .................  $10,462   5.76%  $44,591   6.03%  $89,982   6.68%  $73,031   7.07%  12.39  $218,066  $202,940   6.62%
                               =======   ====   =======   ====   =======   ====   =======   ====   =====  ========  ========   ====
</TABLE>

                                       20
<PAGE>


SOURCES OF FUNDS

GENERAL.  The  Company's  primary  source of funds are  deposits;  proceeds from
principal and interest payments on loans and mortgage-backed  securities;  sales
of  loans,  mortgage-backed  securities  and  investments  available  for  sale;
maturities of  investment  securities  and  short-term  investments;  and, to an
increasing extent, advances from the FHLB-NY,  reverse repurchase agreements and
other borrowed funds.

DEPOSITS.  The Company  offers a variety of deposit  accounts  having a range of
interest  rates  and  terms.  The  Company's  deposits  principally  consist  of
fixed-term  fixed-rate  certificates,  passbook  and  statement  savings,  money
market,   Individual  Retirement  Accounts  ("IRAs")  and  Negotiable  Order  of
Withdrawal ("NOW") accounts. The flow of deposits is significantly influenced by
general  economic  conditions,  changes in money market and prevailing  interest
rates and competition.  The Company's  deposits are typically  obtained from the
areas in which its offices are located. The Company relies primarily on customer
service and long-standing relationships to attract and retain these deposits. At
December 31, 1999,  $116.9 million of the Company's deposit balance consisted of
IRAs.  Also at that date,  $92.6  million,  or 7.6%,  of the  Company's  deposit
balance consisted of deposit accounts with a balance greater than $100,000.  The
Company does not currently accept brokered deposits.

At December 31, 1999, certificate accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more mature
as follows (in thousands):

                                                            Amount
                                                            -------
          MATURITY PERIOD
          Three months or less .........................    $50,551
          Over 3 through 6 months ......................     14,540
          Over 6 through 12 months .....................     12,193
          Over 12 months ...............................     15,308
                                                            -------
                 Total .................................    $92,592
                                                            =======

The  following  table  sets  forth the  distribution  of the  Company's  average
accounts for the periods  indicated and the weighted  average  nominal  interest
rates on each category of deposits presented (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              For the Year Ended December 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1999                        1998                       1997
                                                    -----------------------      -----------------------      ----------------------
                                                      Average       Average        Average       Average       Average       Average
                                                      Balance        Rate          Balance        Rate         Balance         Rate
                                                    ----------      -------      ----------      -------      ----------     -------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>              <C>
Non-interest bearing deposits ...............       $   44,755        --%        $   35,297        --%        $   26,234        --%
NOW and money market accounts ...............          347,325       2.70           308,609       2.92           281,007       2.96
Savings accounts ............................          170,907       2.30           177,282       2.50           184,423       2.61
                                                    ----------       ----        ----------       ----        ----------       ----
   Sub-total ................................          562,987       2.36           521,188       2.58           491,664       2.67
Certificate accounts ........................          686,754       4.94           719,602       5.48           722,534       5.49
                                                    ----------       ----        ----------       ----        ----------       ----
   Total average deposits ...................       $1,249,741       3.78%       $1,240,790       4.26%       $1,214,198       4.35%
                                                    ==========       ====        ==========       ====        ==========       ====
</TABLE>

BORROWINGS

The Company's policy has been to utilize  borrowings as an alternate and/or less
costly source of funds. The Company obtains advances from the FHLB-NY, which are
collateralized  by the capital  stock of the FHLB-NY  held by the  Company,  and
certain mortgage loan and mortgage-backed securities of the Company. The Company
also  borrows  funds via  reverse  repurchase  agreements  with the  FHLB-NY and
primary  broker/dealers.  Advances from the FHLB-NY are made pursuant to several
different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and maturity.
The  maximum  amount  that the  FHLB-NY  will  advance  to member  institutions,
including the Bank, for purposes other than withdrawals, fluctuates from time to
time in  accordance  with the  policies of the  FHLB-NY.  The maximum  amount of
FHLB-NY  advances  permitted  to a member  institution  generally  is reduced by
borrowings  from any other source.  At December 31, 1999, the Company's  FHLB-NY
advances totaled $107.0 million, representing 6.4% of total liabilities.

                                       21
<PAGE>


During 1999, the Company  continued to borrow funds from the FHLB-NY and primary
broker/dealers.  The borrowings are collateralized by designated mortgage-backed
and investment  securities.  The total of these  borrowings at December 31, 1999
was $315.0 million, representing 19.0% of total liabilities.

The Company also has an available overnight  line-of-credit with the FHLB-NY for
a maximum of $50.0 million.

The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the Company's
borrowed funds on the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

                                         At or For the Years Ended December 31,
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                         1999            1998            1997
                                       --------        --------        --------
FHLB-NY advances:
  Average balance outstanding .....    $ 70,914        $ 24,072        $ 33,308
  Maximum amount outstanding
    at any month-end during
    the period ....................     139,250          50,800          40,000
  Balance outstanding at end
    of period .....................     107,000          38,000          23,000
  Weighted average interest
    rate during the period ........        5.43%           5.80%           6.20%
  Weighted average interest
    rate at end of period .........        5.88%           5.36%           6.28%

Other borrowings:
  Average balance outstanding .....    $254,587        $192,730        $144,489
  Maximum amount outstanding
    at any month-end during
    the period ....................     315,000         269,175         174,669
  Balance outstanding at end
    of period .....................     315,000         226,675         163,665
  Weighted average interest
    rate during the period ........        5.47%           5.76%           5.97%
  Weighted average interest
    rate at end of period .........        5.58%           5.42%           5.92%


SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES

FSB FINANCIAL CORP. FSB Financial Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank
and provides a line of fixed and  variable  rate  annuity  products,  along with
mutual funds and term life insurance.  For the year ended December 31, 1999, FSB
Financial Corp. had net income of $160,000.

1000  WOODBRIDGE  CENTER DRIVE,  INC. 1000  Woodbridge  Center Drive,  Inc. is a
wholly owned  subsidiary of the Bank.  1000 Woodbridge  Center Drive,  Inc. is a
real  estate  investment  trust and the  majority  of the Bank's  mortgage  loan
portfolio is held by this subsidiary. 1000 Woodbridge Center Drive, Inc. had net
income of $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1999.

In addition,  the Company has three wholly owned  subsidiaries  obtained through
the Pulse acquisition which were inactive in 1999.


PERSONNEL

As of  December  31,  1999,  the  Company  had 273  full-time  employees  and 23
part-time  employees.   The  employees  are  not  represented  by  a  collective
bargaining unit, and the Company  considers its relationship  with its employees
to be good.

                                       22
<PAGE>


                           FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

FEDERAL TAXATION

GENERAL.  The Company and the Bank report their income on a consolidated  basis.
The Company and the Bank will report their income on a calendar year basis using
the accrual method of accounting and will be subject to federal income  taxation
in the same manner as other  corporations  with some  exceptions.  The following
discussion  of tax matters is intended only as a summary and does not purport to
be a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Company or the
Bank.

BAD DEBT RESERVE.  In August 1996, the  provisions  repealing the current thrift
bad debt rules  were  passed by  Congress  as part of "The  Small  Business  Job
Protection  Act of 1996."  The new rules  eliminated  the 8% of  taxable  income
method for deducting  additions to the tax bad debt reserves for all thrifts for
tax years beginning  after December 31, 1995.  These rules also require that all
thrift institutions  recapture all or a portion of their bad debt reserves added
since the base year (last taxable year beginning  before January 1, 1988). As of
December 31, 1999, the Bank has a base year reserve  subject to recapture  equal
to $2.5 million.  The Bank has previously  recorded a deferred tax liability for
the tax  effect of the bad debt  recapture  and as such,  the new rules  have no
effect on net  income or  federal  income  tax  expense.  Retained  earnings  at
December 31, 1999 and 1998,  includes  approximately  $18.1 million for which no
provision for income tax has been made. This amount  represents an allocation of
income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Events that would result in
taxation  of  these  reserves  include  failure  to  qualify  as a bank  for tax
purposes,  distributions in complete or partial liquidation,  stock redemptions,
excess distributions to shareholders or a change in Federal tax law. At December
31, 1999 and 1998, the Company had an unrecognized tax liability of $6.5 million
with respect to this reserve. However,  dividends paid out of the Bank's current
or  accumulated  earnings  and profits,  as  calculated  for federal  income tax
purposes, will not be considered to result in a distribution from the Bank's bad
debt  reserve.  Thus,  any  dividends to the Company  that would reduce  amounts
appropriated  to the Bank's bad debt reserve and deducted for federal income tax
purposes  would create a tax  liability  for the Bank.  The amount of additional
taxable  income  created from an Excess  Distribution  is an amount  that,  when
reduced by the tax  attributable  to the  income,  is equal to the amount of the
distribution.  Thus,  if the  Bank  makes a  "non-dividend  distribution,"  then
approximately  one and one-half  times the amount so used would be includable in
gross income for federal  income tax purposes,  assuming a 35% corporate  income
tax rate  (exclusive of state and local taxes).  The Bank does not intend to pay
dividends  that  would  result in a  recapture  of any  portion  of its bad debt
reserve.

CORPORATE ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code")  imposes a tax on alternative  minimum taxable income ("AMTI") at a
rate of 20%. Only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating loss  carryovers of
which the Company  currently  has none.  AMTI is increased by an amount equal to
75% of the amount by which the Company's  adjusted  current earnings exceeds its
AMTI  (determined  without regard to this  preference and prior to reduction for
net  operating  losses).  The  Company  does not  expect  to be  subject  to the
alternative minimum tax.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

STATE OF NEW  JERSEY.  The Bank files a New Jersey  income tax  return.  For New
Jersey income tax purposes,  savings  institutions are presently taxed at a rate
equal to 3% of taxable  income.  For this purpose,  "taxable  income"  generally
means federal  taxable  income,  subject to certain  adjustments  (including the
addition of net interest income on state and municipal obligations).

The  Company is required  to file a New Jersey  income tax return  because it is
doing business in New Jersey. For New Jersey tax purposes,  regular corporations
are presently taxed at a rate equal to 9% of taxable  income.  For this purpose,
"taxable  income"  generally  means Federal  taxable  income  subject to certain
adjustments  (including  addition  of  interest  income on state  and  municipal
obligations).

DELAWARE TAXATION. As a Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware,
the Company is exempt from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file
an  annual  report  with,  and pay an  annual  franchise  tax to,  the  State of
Delaware.

                                       23
<PAGE>


                           REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

GENERAL

     The Company,  as holding  company for the Bank, is required to file certain
reports with, and otherwise  comply with the rules and regulations of the Office
of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS") under the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended (the
"HOLA"). In addition, the activities of savings institutions,  such as the Bank,
are governed by the HOLA and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDI Act").

     As a New Jersey  chartered  savings bank,  the Bank is subject to extensive
regulation,  examination and  supervision by the  Commissioner of the New Jersey
Department  of Banking and  Insurance  (the  "Commissioner")  as its  chartering
agency,  and by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC"),  as the
deposit insurer. The Bank's deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits
by the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") managed by the FDIC. The Bank
must file reports with the  Commissioner  and the FDIC concerning its activities
and financial condition in addition to obtaining  regulatory  approvals prior to
entering into certain  transactions  such as mergers with, or  acquisitions  of,
other  depository  institutions  and opening or acquiring  branch  offices.  The
Commissioner  and the FDIC conduct  periodic  examinations  to assess the Bank's
compliance with various regulatory requirements.

     The  regulation and  supervision of the Company and the Bank  establishes a
comprehensive  framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is
intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors.  The
regulatory structure also gives the regulatory  authorities extensive discretion
in connection with their supervisory and enforcement  activities and examination
policies,  including  policies with respect to the  classification of assets and
the  establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory  purposes.  Any
change  in  such   regulatory   requirements   and  policies,   whether  by  the
Commissioner,  the FDIC, the OTS or the Congress,  could have a material adverse
impact on the Company, the Bank and their operations.  Certain of the regulatory
requirements  applicable to the Bank and to the Company are referred to below or
elsewhere herein.

HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

     Federal law allows a state  savings  bank that  qualifies  as a  "qualified
thrift  lender"  ("QTL")  to elect to be treated  as a savings  association  for
purposes of the savings and loan holding  company  provisions of the HOLA.  Such
election  would result in its holding  company being  regulated as a savings and
loan holding  company by the OTS,  rather than as a bank holding  company by the
Federal  Reserve Board.  The Bank made such election and received  approval from
the OTS to become a savings and loan holding  company.  The Company is regulated
as a nondiversified  unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning
of the  HOLA.  As a  unitary  savings  and loan  holding  company,  the  Company
generally  is not  restricted  under  existing  laws as to the types of business
activities in which it may engage, provided that the Bank continues to be a QTL.
Upon  any  non-supervisory   acquisition  by  the  Company  of  another  savings
institution  or  savings  bank  that  meets  the QTL test and is  deemed to be a
savings  institution by the OTS, the Company would become a multiple savings and
loan  holding  company  (if the  acquired  institution  is  held  as a  separate
subsidiary)  and  would be  subject  to  extensive  limitations  on the types of
business  activities in which it could engage. The HOLA limits the activities of
a multiple  savings and loan  holding  company and its  non-insured  institution
subsidiaries  primarily to  activities  permissible  for bank holding  companies
under Section  4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding  Company Act ("BHC Act"),  subject to
the  prior  approval  of the  OTS,  and  certain  activities  authorized  by OTS
regulation,  and no multiple  savings and loan holding  company may acquire more
than 5% the voting stock of a company engaged in impermissible activities.

     The  HOLA  prohibits  a  savings  and loan  holding  company,  directly  or
indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries,  from acquiring more than 5% of
the voting stock of another  savings  institution  or holding  company  thereof,
without prior written approval of the OTS or acquiring or retaining control of a
depository   institution  that  is  not  insured  by  the  FDIC.  In  evaluating
applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions,  the OTS must
consider the financial  and  managerial  resources  and future  prospects of the
company and institution  involved,  the effect of the acquisition on the risk to
the insurance  funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive
factors.

     The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a
multiple savings and loan holding company  controlling  savings  institutions in
more than one state, subject to two exceptions: (i) the approval


                                       24
<PAGE>


of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies and
(ii) the  acquisition  of a savings  institution in another state if the laws of
the  state  of  the  target  savings   institution   specifically   permit  such
acquisitions.  The states  vary in the extent to which  they  permit  interstate
savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

     NEW JERSEY  REGULATION.  Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a company owning
or  controlling a savings bank is regulated as a bank holding  company.  The New
Jersey  Banking Act defines the terms  "company" and "bank  holding  company" as
such terms are defined under the BHC Act. Each bank holding company  controlling
a New Jersey  chartered bank or savings bank must file certain  reports with the
Commissioner and is subject to examination by the Commissioner. The Commissioner
regulates,  among other things, the Bank's internal business  procedures as well
as its  deposits,  lending and  investment  activities.  The  Commissioner  must
approve changes to the Bank's  Certificate of  Incorporation,  establishment  or
relocation of branch offices, mergers and the issuance of additional stock.

     New Jersey law  provides  that,  upon  satisfaction  of certain  triggering
conditions,  as determined by the Commissioner,  insured institutions or savings
and loan holding companies  located in a state which has reciprocal  legislation
in effect on  substantially  the same terms and  conditions  as stated under New
Jersey law may acquire,  or be acquired by New Jersey  insured  institutions  or
holding  companies  on either a  regional  or  national  basis.  New  Jersey law
explicitly prohibits interstate branching.

FEDERAL BANKING REGULATION

     CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.  FDIC regulations require SAIF-insured banks, such as
the Bank, to maintain minimum levels of capital. The FDIC regulations define two
Tiers, or classes, of capital.

     Tier 1  capital  is  comprised  of the sum of common  stockholders'  equity
(excluding the net unrealized  appreciation  or  depreciation,  net of tax, from
available-for-sale   securities),   non-cumulative   perpetual  preferred  stock
(including  any  related   surplus)  and  minority   interests  in  consolidated
subsidiaries,  minus all  intangible  assets  (other than  qualifying  servicing
rights), and any net unrealized loss on marketable equity securities.

     The components of Tier 2 capital  currently  include  cumulative  perpetual
preferred stock,  certain perpetual  preferred stock for which the dividend rate
may be reset periodically,  mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt,
intermediate  preferred stock and allowance for possible loan losses.  Allowance
for possible loan losses includible in Tier 2 capital is limited to a maximum of
1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Overall, the amount of Tier 2 capital that may be
included in total capital can not exceed 100% of Tier 1 capital.

     The FDIC regulations  establish a minimum leverage capital  requirement for
banks in the strongest  financial and managerial  condition,  with a rating of 1
(the  highest  examination  rating  of the FDIC for  banks)  under  the  Uniform
Financial Institutions Rating System, of not less than a ratio of 3.0% of Tier 1
capital to total  assets.  For all other  banks,  the minimum  leverage  capital
requirement  is 3.0%  plus an  additional  cushion  of at least 100 to 200 basis
points; as a result,  the minimum leverage capital ratio for such banks consists
of a ratio of Tier 1 capital  to total  assets of not less than 4  percent.  The
FDIC and the other federal banking regulators have proposed  amendments to their
minimum capital  regulations to provide that the minimum  leverage capital ratio
for a depository  institution  that has not been assigned the highest  composite
rating of 1 under the Uniform Financial  Institutions  Rating System will be 4%,
unless a higher leverage capital ratio is warranted by particular  circumstances
or risk profile of the depository institution.

     The FDIC  regulations  also require  that  savings  banks meet a risk-based
capital standard.  The risk-based capital standard requires the maintenance of a
ratio of total capital (which is defined as the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2
capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8% and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to
risk-weighted  assets of at least 4%. In determining the amount of risk-weighted
assets,  all assets,  plus certain off balance sheet items,  are multiplied by a
risk-weight of 0% to 100%,  based on the risks the FDIC believes are inherent in
the type of asset or item.

     The  federal  banking  agencies,  including  the FDIC,  have  also  adopted
regulations to require an assessment of an institution's exposure to declines in
the  economic  value of a bank's  capital due to changes in interest  rates when
assessing the bank's capital adequacy.  Under such a risk assessment,  examiners
will evaluate a bank's capital


                                       25
<PAGE>


for interest  rate risk on a  case-by-case  basis,  with  consideration  of both
quantitative  and  qualitative  factors.  According to the agencies,  applicable
considerations  include the quality of the bank's  interest rate risk management
process,  the  overall  financial  condition  of the bank and the level of other
risks at the bank for which  capital is needed.  Institutions  with  significant
interest rate risk may be required to hold additional capital. The agencies also
issued a joint  policy  statement  providing  guidance  on  interest  rate  risk
management,  including  a  discussion  of the  critical  factors  affecting  the
agencies' evaluation of interest rate risk in connection with capital adequacy.

     PROMPT  CORRECTIVE   ACTION.   Under  the  FDIC  prompt  corrective  action
regulations,  the FDIC is required to take certain  supervisory  actions against
undercapitalized   institutions,   the  severity  of  which   depends  upon  the
institution's degree of  undercapitalization.  Generally,  a savings institution
that has a total  risk-based  capital of less than 8% or a  leverage  ratio or a
Tier  1   capital   ratio   that  is  less   than   4%  is   considered   to  be
"undercapitalized."  A savings  institution that has a total risk-based  capital
ratio less than 6%, a Tier 1 capital  ratio of less than 3% or a leverage  ratio
that is less than 3% is considered to be "significantly  undercapitalized" and a
savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less
than 2% is  deemed  to be  "critically  undercapitalized."  Subject  to a narrow
exception,   the  banking  regulator  is  required  to  appoint  a  receiver  or
conservator  for an  institution  that  is  "critically  undercapitalized."  The
regulation also provides that a capital  restoration plan must be filed with the
FDIC within 45 days of the date a savings institution receives notice that it is
"undercapitalized,"     "significantly    undercapitalized"    or    "critically
undercapitalized."  Compliance  with the plan must be  guaranteed  by any parent
holding company.  In addition,  numerous  mandatory  supervisory  actions become
immediately   applicable  to  the  institution   depending  upon  its  category,
including,   but  not  limited  to,  increased   monitoring  by  regulators  and
restrictions on growth, capital distributions and expansion. The FDIC could also
take any one of a number of  discretionary  supervisory  actions,  including the
issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers
and directors.

     INSURANCE OF DEPOSIT  ACCOUNTS.  Deposits of the Bank are presently insured
by SAIF. The FDIC maintains a risk-based assessment system by which institutions
are assigned to one of three categories based on their capitalization and one of
three   subcategories   based  on  examination  ratings  and  other  supervisory
information.  An  institution's  assessment  rate depends upon the categories to
which  it is  assigned.  Assessment  rates  for  SAIF  member  institutions  are
determined  semiannually  by the FDIC and currently range from zero basis points
for the healthiest institutions to 27 basis points for the riskiest.

     Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the
institution  has  engaged  in unsafe or  unsound  practices,  is in an unsafe or
unsound  condition to continue  operations or has violated any  applicable  law,
regulation,  rule,  order or  condition  imposed  by the  FDIC or the  OTS.  The
management  of the Bank does not know of any  practice,  condition  or violation
that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

     QTL TEST. The HOLA requires savings  institutions to meet a QTL test. Under
the QTL test, a savings  association is required to maintain at least 65% of its
"portfolio  assets" (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of
total  assets;  (ii)  intangibles,  including  goodwill;  and (iii) the value of
property used to conduct  business) in certain  "qualified  thrift  investments"
(primarily  residential  mortgages and related  investments,  including  certain
mortgage-backed  and  related  securities)  in at least 9 months  out of each 12
month period. A savings  association that fails the QTL test must either convert
to a bank  charter or operate  under  certain  restrictions.  As of December 31,
1999,  the Bank  maintained  83.9% of its portfolio  assets in qualified  thrift
investments and,  therefore,  met the QTL test. Recent  legislation has expanded
the extent to which education loans,  credit card loans and small business loans
may be considered "qualified thrift investments."

     STANDARDS  FOR SAFETY AND  SOUNDNESS.  The FDI Act  requires  each  federal
banking agency to prescribe for all insured  depository  institutions  standards
relating to, among other  things,  internal  controls,  information  systems and
audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest rate risk
exposure,  asset  growth,  and  compensation,  fees and  benefits and such other
operational  and  managerial  standards  as the agency  deems  appropriate.  The
federal  banking  agencies  have  adopted  final   regulations  and  Interagency
Guidelines  Prescribing  Standards  for Safety and Soundness  ("Guidelines")  to
implement  these safety and soundness  standards.  The  Guidelines set forth the
safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify
and address problems at insured depository  institutions  before capital becomes
impaired.   If  the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency  determines  that  an
institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the Guidelines,  the agency
may  require  the  institution  to submit to the  agency an  acceptable  plan to
achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the FDI Act. The final rule
establishes deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness
compliance plans.

                                       26
<PAGE>


     RECENT DEVELOPMENTS. On November 12, 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial
Modernization  Act of 1999  became  law.  The  Modernization  Act  contains  new
financial privacy  provisions will generally  prohibit  financial  institutions,
including the Company and the Bank, from disclosing nonpublic personal financial
information to third parties unless  customers have the opportunity to "opt out"
of the disclosure.  The Modernization Act also allows,  among other things,  for
bank holding companies meeting certain management,  capital and CRA standards to
engage in a  substantially  broader  range of  nonbanking  activities  than were
previously  permissible,  including  insurance  underwriting and making merchant
banking investments in commercial and financial companies. The Modernization Act
further allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;
removes  various  restrictions  that  currently  apply to bank  holding  company
ownership  of  securities  firms  and  mutual  fund  advisory   companies;   and
establishes  the  overall  regulatory   structure  applicable  to  bank  holding
companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations.

     Because the Modernization Act permits banks,  securities firms and insurers
to combine and to offer a wide variety of financial products and services,  many
of these  resulting  companies  will be larger and have more  resources than the
Company.  Should these companies  choose to compete directly with the Company in
its target  markets,  the  Company's  results of  operations  could be adversely
impacted.

NEW JERSEY BANKING REGULATION

     ACTIVITY  POWERS.  The Bank  derives  its  lending,  investment  and  other
activity  powers  primarily  from the  applicable  provisions  of the New Jersey
Banking  Act and its  related  regulations.  Under  these laws and  regulations,
savings banks, including First Place Savings, generally may invest in:

     (1)  real estate mortgages;

     (2)  consumer and commercial loans;

     (3)  specific types of debt securities,  including  certain  corporate debt
          securities and obligations of federal, state and local governments and
          agencies;

     (4)  certain types of corporate  equity  securities;  and

     (5)  certain other assets.

A savings  bank may also  invest  pursuant  to a  "leeway"  power  that  permits
investments  not  otherwise  permitted  by the  New  Jersey  Banking  Act.  Such
investments  must  comply with a number of  limitations  on the  individual  and
aggregate  amounts of the  investments.  A savings bank may also exercise  trust
powers  upon  approval  of the  Department.  New Jersey  savings  banks may also
exercise any power authorized for federally  chartered  savings banks unless the
Department determines otherwise.  The exercise of these lending,  investment and
activity powers are limited by federal law and the related regulations.

     LOANS-TO-ONE-BORROWER LIMITATIONS. With certain specified exceptions, a New
Jersey  chartered  savings bank may not make loans or extend  credit to a single
borrower and to entities  related to the  borrower in an  aggregate  amount that
would  exceed  15% of the  bank's  capital  funds.  A  savings  bank may lend an
additional 10% of the bank's capital funds if secured by collateral  meeting the
requirements  of the New Jersey  Banking Act. The Bank  currently  complies with
applicable loans-to-one-borrower limitations.

     DIVIDENDS.  Under the New  Jersey  Banking  Act, a stock  savings  bank may
declare  and pay a dividend  on its  capital  stock only to the extent  that the
payment of the dividend  would not impair the capital stock of the savings bank.
In addition,  a stock  savings bank may not pay a dividend if the surplus of the
savings bank would,  after the payment of the dividend,  be reduced unless after
such reduction the surplus was 50% or more of the bank's capital stock.

     MINIMUM CAPITAL  REQUIREMENTS.  Regulations of the Department impose on New
Jersey chartered  depository  institutions,  including the Bank, minimum capital
requirements similar to those imposed by the FDIC.

     EXAMINATION  AND  ENFORCEMENT.  The New Jersey  Department  of Banking  and
Insurance may examine the Bank whenever it deems an examination  advisable.  The
Commissioner  will examine the Bank at least every two years. The Department may
order any savings bank to discontinue  any violation of law or unsafe or unsound
business practice and may direct any director,  officer, attorney or employee of
a savings bank engaged in an

                                       27
<PAGE>


objectionable  activity,  after the  Department  has ordered the  activity to be
terminated,  to show cause at a hearing  before the  Department  why such person
should not be removed.

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

     The Federal  Reserve Board  regulations  require  savings  institutions  to
maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction  accounts.  The
Federal Reserve Board regulations  generally require that reserves be maintained
against  aggregate  transaction  accounts as follows:  for accounts  aggregating
$44.3 million or less (subject to adjustment by the Federal  Reserve  Board) the
reserve  requirement  was 3%; and for  accounts  aggregating  greater than $44.3
million,  the  reserve  requirement  was $1,329  million  plus 10%  (subject  to
adjustment  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board)  against  that  portion  of  total
transaction  accounts  in excess of $44.3  million.  The first  $5.0  million of
otherwise  reservable  balances  (subject to adjustments by the Federal  Reserve
Board)  were  exempted  from  the  reserve  requirements.  The  Bank  maintained
compliance with the foregoing requirements.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

The Company  conducts its  business  through its main office and 22 full service
branch  offices,  all located in central New Jersey.  The  following  table sets
forth certain  information  concerning the main office and each branch office of
the Company at December 31, 1999.  The aggregate net book value of the Company's
premises and equipment was $16.5 million at December 31, 1999.

                                       28
<PAGE>


   Location                        Date Leased or Acquired     Leased or Owned
   ---------------                 ------------------------    ---------------
   MAIN OFFICE:
   339 State Street                         4/29                   Owned
   Perth Amboy, NJ 08861(1)

   CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS:                  5/94                   Owned
   1000 Woodbridge Center Drive
   Woodbridge, NJ 07095

   BRANCH OFFICES:
   213 Summerhill Road                      8/97                  Leased
   East Brunswick, NJ 08816

   980 Amboy Avenue                         6/74                   Owned
   Edison, NJ 08837

   2100 Oak Tree Road                       4/84                   Owned
   Edison, NJ 08820

   206 South Avenue                         9/91                   Owned
   Fanwood, NJ 07023

   33 Lafayette Road                        4/84                  Leased
   Fords, NJ 08863

   Rt. 35 & Bethany Road                    1/91                  Leased
   Hazlet, NJ 07730

   301 Raritan Avenue                       5/98                   Owned
   Highland Park, NJ 08904

   101 New Brunswick Avenue                 6/76                  Leased
   Hopelawn, NJ 08861

   1220 Green Street                       11/84                   Owned
   Iselin, NJ  08830

   1225 Brunswick Avenue                    5/92                   Owned
   Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 (2)

   599 Middlesex Avenue                     1/95                  Leased
   Metuchen, NJ  08840 (2)

   1580 Rt. 35 South                        4/95                  Leased
   Middletown, NJ 07748

   97 North Main Street                     1/95                   Owned
   Milltown, NJ 08850 (2)

   Prospect Plains and Applegarth Roads     7/76                   Owned
   Monroe Township, NJ 08512

   Rt. 9 & Ticetown Road                    6/79                  Leased
   Old Bridge, NJ  08857

   100 Stelton Road                         9/91                  Leased
   Piscataway, NJ  08854

   Washington Avenue & Davis Lane           7/71                   Owned
   South Amboy, NJ 08879

   6 Jackson Street                         8/65                   Owned
   South River, NJ 08882

                                       29
<PAGE>


   Location                        Date Leased or Acquired     Leased or Owned
   ---------------                 ------------------------    ---------------
   371 Spotswood - Englishtown Road         5/98                   Owned
   Spotswood, NJ 08884

   325 Amboy Avenue                         1/70                   Owned
   Woodbridge, NJ  07095

   Rt. 1 & St. Georges Avenue               6/80                  Leased
   Woodbridge, NJ  07095

(1)  Includes an adjacent administrative building.
(2)  Acquired/leased in conjunction with the purchase of deposits.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The Company is involved in various legal actions  arising in the normal
course of its business.  In the opinion of  management,  the resolution of these
legal actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         There were no matters  submitted to a vote of  stockholders  during the
quarter ended December 31, 1999.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The information  contained in the section captioned "Market Information
for  Common  Stock"  on page 44 of the 1999  Annual  Report to  Stockholders  is
incorporated herein by reference. At December 31, 1999, 38,443,350 shares of the
Company's  outstanding  common stock was held of record by  approximately  5,395
persons or entities,  not  including  the number of persons or entities  holding
stock in nominee or stock name through various brokers or banks. On December 14,
1999,  the Company  declared a special cash dividend of $.15 per share,  payable
January 14, 2000, to stockholders of record as of December 28, 1999.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The  information  contained  in  the  section  captioned  "Consolidated
Financial  Highlights"  on page 1 of the 1999 Annual Report to  Stockholders  is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION   AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The  information  contained  in  the  section  captioned  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and  Comparison  of Operating
Results"  on pages 9 through 18 of the 1999  Annual  Report to  Stockholders  is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

         Disclosure  relating  to  market  risk  is  included  in  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations,"  on
pages 17 through 18 of the 1999 Annual Report to  Stockholders  is  incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements,  together with the
report thereon by KPMG LLP, are found in the 1999 Annual Report to  Stockholders
on pages 19 through 42 and are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS,   EXECUTIVE   OFFICERS,   PROMOTERS  AND  CONTROL   PERSONS;
         COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT OF THE REGISTRANT

         The  disclosures  required  by Item 10 are  included  under the caption
"Information  With  Respect to  Nominees,  Continuing  Directors  and  Executive
Officers"  on pages 4-7 of the  Company's  proxy  statement  for the 2000 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders dated March 24, 2000 ("2000 Proxy  Statement"),  and are
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          The  disclosures  required by Item 11 are included  under the captions
"Directors'  Compensation"  and "Executive  Compensation" on pages 8-9 and pages
13-17 (excluding the Compensation  Committee Report) of the 2000 Proxy Statement
dated March 24, 2000, and are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

          BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF FIRST SENTINEL COMMON STOCK

          Disclosure relating to Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and  Management  is  incorporated  herein by  reference to pages 3-5 of the 2000
Proxy Statement  under the captions  "Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial
Owners" and  "Information  With Respect to Nominees,  Continuing  Directors  and
Executive Officers."

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

          The  disclosures  required by Item 13 are  included  under the caption
"Transactions  With  Certain  Related  Persons" on pages 17-18 of the 2000 Proxy
Statement dated March 24, 2000, and are incorporated herein by reference.

                                       31
<PAGE>


                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)      The following documents are filed as part of this report:

         (1)      Financial statements.

The Consolidated  Financial Statements and Independent  Auditors' Report for the
year ended December 31, 1999,  included in the Annual Report,  listed below, are
incorporated herein by reference.

                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT DECEMBER 31,
                  1999  AND  1998  (ANNUAL  REPORT  -  PAGE  19).

                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                  31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997 (ANNUAL REPORT PAGE 20).

                  CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY FOR THE YEARS
                  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999,  1998, AND 1997 (ANNUAL REPORT - PAGE
                  21).

                  CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF CASH  FLOWS FOR THE  YEARS  ENDED
                  DECEMBER  31, 1999,  1998 AND 1997 (ANNUAL  REPORT - PAGE 22).

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  (ANNUAL REPORT -
                  PAGES 23 THROUGH 41).

                  INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT (ANNUAL REPORT - PAGE 42).

                  The  remaining  information  appearing in the Annual Report of
                  Stockholders is not deemed to be filed as part of this report,
                  except as provided herein.

         (2)      Financial Statement Schedules.

                  All   schedules   have  been  omitted   because  the  required
                  information is either inapplicable or included in the Notes to
                  Consolidated Financial Statements.

         (3)      Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Exhibit
  Number                         Description                         Reference
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of First Sentinel
             Bancorp, Inc.                                               *
    3.2      Bylaws of First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc.                      *
    4.0      Stock Certificate of First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc.           **
   10.1      First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. 1996 Omnibus
             Incentive Plan                                              **
   10.2      First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated
             1998 Stock-based Incentive Plan                            ***
   10.3      First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. 1986 Acquisition
             Stock Option Plan                                      Filed herein
   10.4      First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Acquisition
             Stock Option Plan                                      Filed herein
   10.5      First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. 1997 Acquisition
             Stock Option Plan                                      Filed herein
   10.6      First Savings Bank, SLA Employee Stock Ownership
             Plan                                                        **
   10.7      First Savings Bank, SLA Directors' Deferred Fee
             Stock Unit Plan                                             **
   10.8      First Savings Bank, SLA Supplemental Executive
             Retirement Plan                                             **
   10.9      First Savings Bank, SLA Supplemental Executive
             Retirement Plan II                                          **
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       32
<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Exhibit
  Number                         Description                           Reference
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10.10     First Savings Bank, SLA Director Retirement Plan            **
   10.11     Form of Employment Agreement between First
             Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. and John P. Mulkerin and
             Christopher Martin                                          **
   10.12     Employment Agreements between First Savings Bank,
             SLA and John P. Mulkerin and Christopher Martin             **
   10.13     Form of Change in Control Agreement between First
             Savings Bank, SLA and certain executive officers            **
   10.14     First Savings Bank, SLA Employee Severance
             Compensation Plan                                           **
   11.0      Computation of per share earnings                          ****
   13.0      Portions of the 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders     Filed herein
   21.0      Subsidiaries of Registrant incorporated by
             reference herein to Part I - Subsidiaries
   23.0      Consent of KPMG LLP                                    Filed herein
   27.0      Financial Data Schedule                                Filed herein
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    Previously filed and incorporated herein by reference to the December 31,
     1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. (File No.
     000-23809) dated March 30, 1999.

**   Previously filed and incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibits to
     the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-42757) of First
     Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. (formerly known as First Source Bancorp, Inc.) dated
     December 19, 1997, and all amendments thereto.

***  Previously filed and incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy
     Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of First Sentinel
     Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 000-23809) filed on March 30, 1999.

**** Filed herein as a component of Exhibit 13.0, under footnote one of the
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


(b)  Reports on Form 8-K.

     The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1999
     under Item 5, Other Events, pertaining to the declaration of a special cash
     dividend of $.15 per common share.

                                       33
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:  March 30, 2000            FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC.

                                 JOHN P. MULKERIN
                                 -----------------------------
                                 John P. Mulkerin
                                 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

          Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE                                TITLE                         DATE
- ---------                                -----                         ----

JOHN P. MULKERIN                 President, Chief Executive       March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------      Officer and Director
John P. Mulkerin

JEFFRIES SHEIN                   Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Jeffries Shein

DONALD T. AKEY, M.D.             Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Donald T. Akey, M.D.

KEITH H. MCLAUGHLIN              Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Keith H. McLaughlin

PHILIP T. RUEGGER, JR.           Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Philip T. Ruegger, Jr.

JOSEPH CHADWICK                  Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Joseph Chadwick

GEORGE T. HORNYAK, JR.           Director                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
George T. Hornyak, Jr.

WALTER K. TIMPSON                Chairman of the Board            March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Walter K. Timpson

CHRISTOPHER P. MARTIN            Executive Vice President,        March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------      Chief Operating and Financial
Christopher P. Martin            Officer and Director


                                       34

                          FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC.

                             1986 ACQUISITION STOCK

                                  OPTION PLAN


     1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall be known as the Pulawski Savings and
Loan  Association,  South River, New Jersey 1986 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
(the  "Plan").  The  purpose  of the  Plan is to  attract  and  retain  the best
available  personnel  as  officers  and  employees  and  to  provide  additional
incentive  to  employees  of  Pulawski   Savings  and  Loan   Association   (the
"Association")  or any present or future parent or subsidiary of the Association
to promote the success of the business.  The Plan is Intended to provide for the
grant of both "Incentive  Stock Options",  within the meaning of Section 422A of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (the "Code"),  and  Non-Incentive
Stock  Options.  Each and every one of the  provisions  of the Plan  relating to
Incentive  Stock Options shall be Interpreted to conform to the  requirements of
Section 422A of the Code.

     2. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply,

          (a) "Association" shall mean Pulawski Savings and Loan Association.

          (b) "Award" means the grant by the Committee or the Board of Directors
of  an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  a  Non-Incentive   Stock  Option,   or  Stock
Appreciation Right, or any combination thereof, as provided in the Plan.

          (c)  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Association.

          (d) "Common Stock" shall mean common stock,  par value $1.00 per share
of the Association.

          (e) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended.

          (f) "Committee" shall mean the Stock Option Committee appointed by the
Board in accordance with paragraph 4(a) of the Plan.

          (g)  "Continuous  Employment"  or  "Continuous  Status as an Employee"
shall mean the absence of any  interruption  or termination of employment by the
Association  or any present or future Parent or  Subsidiary of the  Association.
Employment  shall  not be  considered  interrupted  in the  case of sick  leave,
military leave or any other leave of absence  approved by the  Association or in
the case of transfers  between  payroll  locations of the Association or between
the Association, its Parent, its Subsidiaries or a successor.

          (h)  "Conversion"   shall  mean  the   Association's   mutual-to-stock
conversion pursuant to the Regulations of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance
Corporation.

          (i)  "Effective  Date"  shall  mean the date  specified  in Section 15
hereof.

          (j) "Employee"  shall mean any person employed on a full-time basis by
the   Association  or  any  present  or  future  Parent  or  Subsidiary  of  the
Association.

          (k)  "Incentive  Stock  Option"  means an  option to  purchase  Shares
granted by the  Committee  pursuant to Section 7 hereof  which is subject to the
limitations  and  restrictions  of Section 7 hereof and is  intended  to qualify
under Section 422A of the Code.


                                       1
<PAGE>

          (l)  "Non-Incentive  Stock Option" means an option to purchase  Shares
granted  by the  Committee  pursuant  to Section 8 or by the Board  pursuant  to
Section 4 hereof,  which option is not intended to qualify under Section 422A of
the Code.

          (m) "Option"  shall mean an Incentive  or  Non-incentive  Stock Option
granted pursuant to this Plan.

          (n)  "Optioned  Stock" shall mean stock  subject to an Option  granted
pursuant to the Plan.

          (o) "Optionee" shall mean any person who receives an Option.

          (p) "Parent" shall mean any present or future  corporation which would
be a "parent corporation" as defined in Subsections 425(e) and (g) of the Code.

          (q) "Participant" means any director,  officer, or key employee of the
Association  or any Parent or Subsidiary of the  Association or any other person
providing a service to the  Association  who is selected by the Committee or the
Board, acting pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii), to receive an Award.

          (r) "Plan" shall mean the Pulawski  Savings and Loan  Association 1986
Stock Option and Incentive Plan.

          (s) "Related" means (i) in the case of a Stock  Appreciation  Right, a
Stock  Appreciation Right which is granted in connection with, and to the extent
exercisable,  in whole or in part, in lieu of, an Option and (ii) in the case of
an  Option,  an  Option  with  respect  to  which  and to  the  extent  a  Stock
Appreciation Right is exercisable, in whole or in part, in lieu thereof has been
granted.

          (t) "Stock  Appreciation  Right" means a stock appreciation right with
respect to Shares granted by the Committee pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

          (u) "Share" shall mean one share of the Common Stock.

          (v) "Subsidiary"  shall mean any present or future  corporation  which
would be a "subsidiary  corporation" as defined in Subsections 425(f) and (g) of
the Code.

     3.  Shares  Subject  to the  Plan.  Except  as  otherwise  required  by the
provisions of Section 13 hereof,  the aggregate number of Shares with respect to
which Awards may be made  pursuant to the Plan shall not exceed  94,038  shares.
Such Shares may either be authorized but unissued or treasury shares.

     Shares which are subject to Stock  Appreciation  Rights and related Options
shall be counted only once in  determining  whether the maximum number of Shares
with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan has been exceeded. An
Award shall not be  considered  to have been made under the Plan with respect to
any Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right which  terminates and new Awards may be
granted  under the Plan with  respect  to the  number of Shares as to which such
termination has occurred.


                                       2
<PAGE>

     4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

     (a) (i)  Composition  of the  Committee.  Except as  indicated in paragraph
4(a)(ii) below,  the Plan shall be  administered by the Committee  consisting of
three directors of the Association appointed by the Board. Officers,  directors,
key  employees and other  persons who are  designated by the Committee  shall be
eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, and all persons designated as members
of the Committee  shall be  "disinterested  persons"  within the meaning of Rule
16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. A "disinterested  person" is an
administrator who at the time he exercises  discretion in administering the Plan
is not  eligible  and has not at any time  within  one year prior  thereto  been
eligible for selection as a person to whom stock  options or stock  appreciation
rights  may be granted  pursuant  to any Plan of the  Association  or any of its
affiliates.

          (ii) For the purpose of granting Awards to directors, the selection of
any  director  to whom  Awards may be  granted,  as well as the number of shares
subject to Awards, must be determined by a disinterested  committee,  as defined
in Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     (b) Powers of the Committee.  The Committee is authorized  (but only to the
extent not  contrary to the  express  provisions  of the Plan or to  resolutions
adopted by the Board) to  interpret  the Plan to  prescribe,  amend and  rescind
rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the form and content of
Awards to be issued under the Plan and to make other determinations necessary or
advisable for the  administration  of the Plan,  and shall have and may exercise
such other power and  authority as may be delegated to it by the Board from time
to time. A majority of the entire  Committee  shall  constitute a quorum and the
action of a majority of the members  present at any meeting at which a quorum is
present  shall be  deemed  the  action  of the  Committee.  In no event  may the
Committee revoke outstanding Awards without the consent of the Participant.

     The  President  of the  Association  and such  other  officers  as shall be
designated  by the  Committee  are  hereby  authorized  to  execute  instruments
evidencing Awards on behalf of the Association and to cause them to be delivered
to the Participants.

     (c) Effect of  Committee's  Decision.  All  decisions,  determinations  and
interpretations  of the Committee  shall be final and  conclusive on all persons
affected thereby.

     5. Eligibility. Awards may be granted to officers, directors, key employees
and other persons. The Committee shall from time to time determine the officers,
directors,  key  employees  and other  persons  who shall be granted  options or
Awards  under  the  Plan,  the  number  to be  granted  to each  such  officers,
directors,  key employees and other persons under the Plan, and whether  Options
granted  to each  such  Employee  under  the  Plan  shall  be  Incentive  and/or
Non-Incentive  Stock Options.  In selecting  Participants and in determining the
number of shares of Common Stock to be granted to each such Participant pursuant
to each Award granted  under the Plan,  the Committee may consider the nature of
the services rendered by each such Participant,  each such Participant's current
and  potential  contribution  to the  Company,  and such  other  factors  as the
Committee may, in its sole discretion, deem relevant.  Officers,  directors, key
employees  or other  persons who have been  granted an Award may,  if  otherwise
eligible, be granted additional Options or Awards.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     The aggregate  fair market value  (determined  as of the date the Option is
granted)  of the Shares  for which any  Employee  may be granted  Options in any
calendar  year (under all Incentive  Stock Option  plans,  as defined In Section
422A  of the  Code  of the  Association  or any  present  or  future  Parent  or
Subsidiary  of the  Association)  prior to  December  31,  1986 shall not exceed
$100,000,  plus any unused limit  carryover to such year,  as defined In Section
422A(c) of the Code. The aggregate fair market value  (determined as of the date
of the Option is granted) of the Shares with  respect to which  Incentive  Stock
Options granted after December 31, 1986 are exercisable for the first time by an
Employee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. Notwithstanding the
prior provisions of this Section 5, the Committee may grant Options in excess of
the  foregoing   limitations,   provided  said  Options  shall  be  clearly  and
specifically  designated as not being  Incentive  Stock  Options,  as defined in
Section 422A of the Code.

     6. TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall  continue in effect for a term of ten (10)
years from the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated  pursuant to Section 18.
No  Option  shall be  granted  under  the Plan  after  ten (10)  years  from the
Effective Date.

     7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. Incentive Stock Options
may be granted only to  Participants  who are Employees.  Each  Incentive  Stock
Option granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an instrument in such
form as the Committee shall from time to time approve.  Each and every Incentive
Stock Option granted  pursuant to the Plan shall comply with, and be subject to,
the following terms and conditions:

          (a) Option Price.

               (i) The price  per share at which  each  Incentive  Stock  Option
granted  under  the  Plan  may be  exercised  shall  not,  as to any  particular
Incentive  Stock Option,  be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock
at the time such Incentive  Stock Option is granted.  For such purposes,  if the
Common Stock is traded otherwise than on a national  securities  exchange at the
time of the  granting  of an  Option,  then the price per share of the  Optioned
Stock  shall be not less than the mean  between  the bid and asked  price on the
date the  Incentive  Stock  Option is  granted  or, if there be no bid and asked
price on said date, then on the next prior business day on which there was a bid
and asked price. If no such bid and asked price is available, then the price per
share shall be determined by the  Committee.  If the Common Stock is listed on a
national  securities  exchange at the time of the  granting an  Incentive  Stock
Option,  then the  price per share  shall be not less  than the  average  of the
highest and lowest  selling  price on such  exchange on the date such  Incentive
Stock Option is granted or, if there were no sales on said date,  then the price
shall be not less than the mean between the bid and asked price on such date.

               (ii)  In  the  case  of  an  Employee   who  owns  Common   Stock
representing more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding  Common Stock at the
time the Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  the  Incentive  Stock Option price
shall not be less than one  hundred  and ten  percent  (110%) of the fair market
value of the Common Stock at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

          (b) Payment.

               Full  payment for each share of Common Stock  purchased  upon the
exercise of any Incentive  Stock Option  granted under the Plan shall be made at
the time of exercise of each such  Incentive  Stock  Option and shall be paid in
cash (in United  States  Dollars),  Common  Stock or a  combination  of cash and
Common Stock. Common

                                       4

<PAGE>

Stock utilized in full or partial  payment of the exercise Price shall be valued
at its fair market value at the date of exercise.  The Association  shall accept
full or  partial  payment  in  Common  Stock  only to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable  law. No shares of Common  Stock shall be issued  until full  payment
therefor has been received by the Association, and no Optionee shall have any of
the rights of a shareholder of the Association  until shares of Common Stock are
Issued to him.

          (C) TERM OF INCENTIVE  STOCK OPTION.

               The term of each Incentive  Stock Option granted  pursuant to the
Plan shall be not more ten (10) years  from the date each such  Incentive  Stock
Option is  granted,  provided  that in the case of an  Employee  who owns  stock
representing  more  than 10% of the  Common  Stock  outstanding  at the time the
Incentive Stock Option is granted,  the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall
not exceed five (5) years.

          (d) EXERCISE GENERALLY.

               Except as  otherwise  provided In Section 9 hereof,  no Incentive
Stock Option may be exercised  unless the optionee shall have been in the employ
of the  Association  at all times during the period  beginning  with the date of
grant of any such Incentive Stock Option and ending on the date three (3) months
prior to the date of exercise of any such Incentive Stock Option. The Committee,
may impose  additional  conditions upon the right of an Optionee to exercise any
Incentive  Stock Option granted  hereunder which are not  inconsistent  with the
terms of the Plan or the  requirements  for  qualification as an Incentive Stock
Option under Section 422A of the Code.

          (e) Serial Exercise.

               No Incentive  Stock Option granted  pursuant to the Plan prior to
December 31, 1986 shall be exercised by any Optionee  while there is outstanding
(as such term is defined In Section 422A of the Code) any incentive stock option
which was granted prior to the date of grant of such  Incentive  Stock Option to
such  Optionee,  whether  pursuant  to  the  Plan  or  any  other  plan  of  the
Association.  In the event that any additional Incentive Stock Option is granted
at a later date pursuant to the Plan to any Optionee,  the instrument evidencing
any  such  additional   Incentive  Stock  Option  shall  include  the  following
provisions;

               "This incentive  stock option is not exercisable  while
               there is  outstanding  (within  the  meaning of Section
               422A(c)(7)  of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1954,  as
               amended) any  Incentive  Stock Option which was granted
               prior to the date of the grant  hereof to the holder of
               this stock option to purchase shares of common stock of
               Pulawski  Savings  and Loan  Association  or any of its
               subsidiaries."

          (f)  Transferability.

               Any incentive Stock Option granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be
exercised  during any  Optionee's  lifetime  only by the Optionee to whom it was
granted and shall not be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution.

                                       5

<PAGE>

     8. Terms and Conditions of Non-Incentive Stock Options.  Each Non-Incentive
Stock option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an instrument in
such  form as the  Committee  shall  from time to time  approve.  Each and every
Non-Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to the plan shall comply with and be
subject to the following terms and conditions:

          (a)  Options Granted to Directors in Conversion.

               1,000 Non-incentive Stock Options were granted to each person who
was a director immediately upon completion of the Conversion at a price equal to
the fair  market  value of the stock on such date,  which price was equal to the
price indicated on the Association's final Conversion Offering Circular.

          (b)  Option Price.

               The   exercise   price  per  share  of  Common   Stock  for  each
Non-Incentive  Stock Option  granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be any price as
the Committee may determine in its sole discretion. Such price may be below fair
market value and has no minimum,

          (c)  Payment.

               Full  payment for each share of Common Stock  purchased  upon the
exercise of any Non-Incentive  Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be made
at the time of exercise  of each such  Non-Incentive  Stock  Option and shall be
paid in cash (in United States  Dollars),  Common Stock or a combination of cash
and Common  Stock.  Common  Stock  utilized  in full or  partial  payment of the
exercise price shall be valued at its fair market value at the date of exercise.
The Association shall accept full or partial payment in Common Stock only to the
extent  permitted by  applicable  law. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued
until full payment therefor has been received by the Association and no Optionee
shall  have any of the  rights of a  shareholder  of the  Association  until the
shares of Common Stock are issued to him.

          (d)  Term.

               The term of each  Non-Incentive  Stock Option granted pursuant to
the Plan  shall  be not  more  than ten  (10)  years  from  the date  each  such
Non-Incentive Stock Option is granted, provided that, in the case of an Employee
who owns stock  representing  more than 10% of the Common  Stock at the time the
Incentive Stock Option is granted,  the term of the  Non-Incentive  Stock Option
shall not exceed five (5) years.

          (e)  Exercise Generally.

               The Committee may impose additional conditions upon the right any
Participant to exercise any  Non-Incentive  Stock Option granted hereunder which
are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

          (f)  Transferability.

               Any Non-Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall
be exercised during any Optionee's  lifetime only by the Optionee to whom it was
granted and shall not be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution.

                                       6

<PAGE>

     9. Effect of Termination  of  Employment,  Disability or Death on Incentive
Stock Options.

          (a)  Termination of Employment.

               In the event that any Optionee's  employment by the Company shall
terminate for any reason,  other than  Permanent and Total  Disability  (as such
term is  defined  in Section  105(d)(4)  of the Code) or death,  all of any such
Optionee's  Incentive Stock Options,  and all of any such  Optionee's  rights to
purchase or receive shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto, as the case may be,
shall  automatically  terminate on the date of such  termination  of employment.
However, no termination of an Optionee's Incentive Stock Options shall occur if,
and to the extent that,  the Committee  authorizes  the Optionee to exercise any
such  Incentive  Stock  Options  at any  time  prior to the  earlier  of (i) the
respective  expiration  dates of any such  Incentive  Stock  Options or (ii) the
expiration of not more than three (3) months after the date of such  termination
of employment, but only if, and to the extent that, the Optionee was entitled to
exercise any such  Incentive  Stock Options at the date of such  termination  of
employment.  In the event that a  subsidiary  ceases to be a  subsidiary  of the
Association,  the  employment of all of its  employees  who are not  immediately
thereafter  employees of the  Association  shall be deemed to terminate upon the
date such subsidiary so ceases to be a subsidiary of the Association.

          (b)  Disability.

               In the event that any  Optionee's  employment by the  Association
shall  terminate as the result of the  Permanent  and Total  disability  of such
Optlonee,  such Optionee may exercise any Incentive Stock Options granted to him
pursuant  to the Plan at any time  prior to the  earlier  of (i) the  respective
expiration  dates of any such Incentive  Stock Options or (ii) the date which is
one (1) year after the date of such termination of employment,  but only if, and
to the extent that,  the  Optionee  was entitled to exercise any such  Incentive
Stock Options at the date of such termination of employment.

          (c)  Death.

               In the event of the death of any Optionee,  any  Incentive  Stock
Options  granted to any such  Optionee may be exercised by the person or persons
to whom the  Optionee's  rights under any such  Incentive  Stock Options pass by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution (including the Optionee's estate
during the period of administration) at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the
respective expiration dates of any such Incentive Stock Options or (ii) the date
which is six (6) months after the date of death of such  Optionee (or such later
period not exceeding one (1) year to which the Committee may, in its discretion,
extend such  period),  but only if, and to the extent  that,  the  Optionee  was
entitled to exercise any such Incentive Stock Options at the date of death.  For
purposes of this Section 9(c),  any  Incentive  Stock Option held by an Optionee
shall be considered exercisable at the date of his death if the only unsatisfied
condition  precedent to the exercisability of such Incentive Stock Option at the
date of death is the passage of a specified period of time.

                                       7
<PAGE>

          (d)  Incentive Stock Options Deemed Exercisable.

               For purposes of Seetions 9(a), 9(b) and 9(c) above, any Incentive
Stock Option held by any Optionee shall be considered exercisable at the date of
the termination of his employment if, but for the requirement of serial exercise
set forth in Section 7(e)  hereof,  any such  Incentive  Stock Option would have
been exercisable at such date of termination of employment.  Any exercise of any
Incentive  Stock  Option  granted  pursuant  to the  Plan  which  is  considered
exercisable  pursuant to this Section 9(d) shall  nevertheless be subject to the
provisions and restrictions contained In Section 7(e) hereof.

          (e)  Termination of Incentive Stock Options.

               To the extent that any Incentive  Stock Option  granted under the
Plan to any Optionee whose  employment by the Association  terminates  shall not
have been exercised  within the  applicable  period set forth in this Section 9.
any such Incentive Stock Option, and all rights to purchase or receive shares of
Common Stock pursuant  thereto,  as the case may be, shall terminate on the last
day of the applicable period.

     10.  EFFECT  OF  TERMINATION   OF   EMPLOYMENT,   DISABILITY  OR  DEATH  ON
NON-INCENTIVE  STOCK OPTIONS.  The terms and conditions of  Non-Incentive  Stock
Options  relating to the effect of the termination of an Optionee's  employment,
disability of an Optionee or his death shall be such terms and conditions as the
Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine at the time of termination.

     11. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSITION.  The Committee, in
its sole  discretion,  may include,  as a term of any Incentive  Stock Option or
Non-Incentive  Stock Option,  the right (the  "Repurchase  Right"),  but not the
obligation,  to  repurchase  all or any  amount  of the  Shares  acquired  by an
Optionee  pursuant  to the  exercise  of any such  Options.  The  intent  of the
Repurchase Right is to encourage the continued  employment of the Optionee.  The
Repurchase Right shall provide for, among other things, a specified  duration of
the Repurchase  Right, a specified  price per Share to be paid upon the exercise
of the Repurchase  Right and a restriction  on the  disposition of the Shares by
the Optionee during the period of the Repurchase Right. The Repurchase Right may
permit the  Association to transfer or assign such right to another  party.  The
Association  may exercise the Repurchase  Right only to the extent  permitted by
applicable law.

     12. STOCK  APPRECIATION  RIGHTS. A Stock Appreciation Right shall, upon its
exercise,  entitle the  Participant  to whom such Stock  Appreciation  Right was
granted to  receive a number of Shares or cash or  combination  thereof,  as the
Committee in its discretion shall determine, the aggregate value of which (i.e.,
the sum of the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of such Shares on the
date of exercise) shall equal (as nearly as possible,  it being  understood that
the Association  shall not issue any fractional  shares) the amount by which the
fair  market  value  per Share an the date of such  exercise  shall  exceed  the
exercise  price of such Stock  Appreciation  Right,  multiplied by the number of
Shares  with  respect to which such Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall have been,
exercised.  A Stock  Appreciation  Right may be  related  to an Option or may be
granted independently of any Option as the Committee shall determine whether and
to what extent a Related Stock  Appreciation Right shall be granted with respect
thereto;  provided, however and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
that if the Related  Option is an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  the Related  Stock
Appreciation Right shall satisfy all the restrictions and limitations of Section
7 hereof as if such Related  Stock  Appreciation  Right were an Incentive  Stock
Option.  In the case of a Related Option,  such Related Option shall cease to be
exercisable to the extent of the Shares, with

                                       8
<PAGE>

respect to which the Related Stock  Appreciation  Right was exercised.  Upon the
exercise or  termination  of a Related  Option any Related  Stock  Appreciation
Right  shall  terminate  to the extent to the Shares  with  respect to which the
Related Option was exercised or terminated.

     13. Recapitalization,  Merger, Consolidation, Change in Control and Similar
Transactions.

          (a)  Adjustment.

               Subject  to  any  required  action  by  the  shareholders  of the
Association,  the  aggregate  number of shares of Common  Stock for which  stock
options may be granted  hereunder,  the number of shares of Common Stock covered
by each  outstanding  stock Option,  and the exercise  price Per share of Common
Stock of each such stock option,  shall all be Proportionately  adjusted for any
increase or decrease  in the number of issued and  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock resulting from a subdivision or  consolidation of Shares or the Payment of
a stock  dividend  (but  only on the  Common  Stock) or any  other  Increase  or
decrease  in the number of such  shares of Common  Stock  effected  without  the
receipt of consideration by the Association.

          (b)  Change in Control.

               All outstanding  options shall become Immediately  exercisable in
the  event  of a  change  in  control  or  Imminent  change  in  control  of the
Association,  as  determined  by the  Committee.  For purposes of this  Section,
"change in control"  shall mean.  (i) the execution of an agreement for the sale
of all,  or a  material  portion,  of the  assets of the  Association;  (ii) the
execution of an agreement for a merger or recapitalization of the Association or
any merger or  recapitalization  whereby the  Association  is not the  surviving
entity;  (iii) a change of control of the Association,  as otherwise  defined or
determined by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board or regulations promulgated by it;
or (iv) the  acquisition,  directly or indirectly,  of the beneficial  ownership
(within  the  meaning  of  that  term  as it is used  in  Section  13(d)  of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  and the  rules  promulgated  thereunder)  of
twenty-five  percent (25%) or more of the outstanding  voting  securities of the
Association by any person, trust, entity or group. For purposes of this Section,
"Imminent change in control" shall refer to any offer or  announcement,  oral or
written,  by any person or persons acting as a group,  to acquire control of the
Association.

          (c)  Extraordinary Corporate Action.

               Subject  to  any  required  action  by  the  shareholders  of the
Association,  in the event of any Change in Control,  recapitalization,  merger,
consolidation,  exchange  of shares,  spin-off,  reorganization,  tender  offer,
liquidation or other extraordinary  corporate action or event, the Committee, in
its sole discretion, shall have the power, prior or subsequent to such action or
event to:

               (i)  appropriately  adjust the  number of shares of Common  Stock
subject to each stock option.  the exercise price per share of Common Stock, and
the  consideration  to be given or received by the Association upon the exercise
of any outstanding Option;

               (ii) cancel any or all previously granted Options,  provided that
appropriate  consideration  is paid to the  Optionee  in  connection  therewith;
and/or Optionee in connection therewith; and/or

                                       9
<PAGE>

               (iii) make such other  adjustments in connection with the Plan as
the Committee, in its sole discretion,  or the Board, acting pursuant to Section
4(a)(ii),  deems  necessary,  desirable,  appropriate  or  advisable;  provided,
however,  that no  action  shall be taken by the  Committee  which  would  cause
Incentive  Stock  Options  granted  pursuant  to the  Plan to  fail to meet  the
requirements of Section 422A of the Code.

               Except as expressly  provided in Sections 13(a) and 13(b) hereof,
no  Optionee  shall  have any rights by reason of the  occurrence  of any of the
events described in this Section 13.

          (d)  Acceleration.

               The Committee shall at all times have the power to accelerate the
exercise  date of  Options  previously  granted  under  the  Plan.  In no event,
however,  will such  action  permit  Participants  to exercise  Incentive  Stock
Options in an order other than provided in Section 7(e).

     14. TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan
shall,  for  all  purposes,  be the  date  on  which  the  Committee  makes  the
determination  of granting  such Option.  Notice of the  determination  shall be
given to each Employee to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable  time
after the date of such grant.

     15.  EFFECTIVE DATE. The Plan shall become effective upon the completion of
the Association's  conversion from mutual to stock form.  Options may be granted
prior to  ratification  of the Plan by the  stockholders if the exercise of such
Options is subject to such stockholder ratification.

     16. APPROVAL BY SHAREHOLDERS. The Plan shall be approved by stockholders of
the  Association  within  twelve (12) months before or after the date it becomes
effective.

     17.  MODIFICATION OF OPTIONS.  At any time and from time to time, the Board
may authorize  the Committee to direct the execution of an instrument  providing
for the modification of any outstanding  Option,  provided no such modification,
extension  or renewal  shall  confer on the  holder of said  Option any right or
benefit which could not be conferred on him by the grant of a new Option at such
time, or shall not materially  decrease the Optionee's benefits under the Option
without the consent of the holder of the Option  except as  otherwise  permitted
under Section 18 hereof.

     18. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a)  Action by the Board.

               The Board may alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, except that
no action of the Board may  increase  (other than as provided in Section 13) the
maximum  number of Shares  permitted to be optional  under the Plan,  materially
increase  the benefits  accruing to  participants  under the Plan or  materially
modify the  requirements  for eligibility for  participation  in the Plan unless
such action of the Board shall be subject to  approval  or  ratification  by the
shareholders of the Association.

          (b)  Change in  Applicable  Law.

               Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Plan, in the
event of a change in any federal or state law,  rule or  regulation  which would
make the  exercise of all or part of any  previously  granted  Incentive  and/or
Non-Incentive Stock

                                       10

<PAGE>

Option  unlawful or subject the  Corporation  to any penalty,  the Committee may
restrict any such  exercise  without the consent of the Optionee or other holder
thereof in order to comply with any such law, rule or regulation or to avoid any
such penalty.

     19.  CONDITIONS  UPON  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Shares shall not be issued with
respect to any Option granted under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of
such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without
limitation,  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  the rules and  regulations
promulgated thereunder, any applicable state securities law and the requirements
of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.

     The  inability of the  Association  to obtain from any  regulatory  body or
authority  deemed by the  Association's  counsel to be  necessary  to the lawful
issuance and sale of any Shares  hereunder  shall relieve the Association of any
liability in respect of the non-issuance or sale of such Shares.

     As a condition  to the exercise of an Option, the  Association  may require
the person exercising the Option to make such  representations and warranties as
may  be  necessary  to  assure  the   availability  of  an  exemption  from  the
registration requirements of federal or state securities law.

     20.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.  During the term of the Plan, the  Association,
will  reserve and keep  available a number of Shares  sufficient  to satisfy the
requirements of the Plan.

     21.  UNSECURED  OBLIGATION.  No  Participant  under the Plan shall have any
interest in any fund or special asset of the  Association  by reason of the Plan
or the grant of any  Incentive  or  Non-Incentive  Stock Option to him under the
Plan. No trust fund shall be created in connection with the Plan or any grant of
any  Incentive or  Non-Incentive  Stock Option  hereunder  and there shall be no
required funding of amounts which may become payable to any participant.

     22.  WITHHOLDING  TAX. The Association  shall have the right to deduct from
all amounts paid in cash with  respect to the  exercise of a Stock  Appreciation
Right under the Plan any taxes  required by law to be withheld  with  respect to
such cash  payments.  Where a Participant or other person is entitled to receive
Shares  pursuant  to the  exercise  of an  Option  of Stock  Appreciation  Right
pursuant  to the Plan,  the  Association  shall  have the right to  require  the
Participant or such other person to pay the  Association the amount of any taxes
which the  Association is required to withhold with respect to such Shares,  or,
in lieu  thereof,  to retain,  or sell without  notice,  a number of such Shares
sufficient to cover the amount required to be withheld.

     23.  GOVERNING  LAW.  The  Plan  shall  be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey,  except to the extent that
Federal law shall be deemed to apply.

                                       11


                          FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC.

                       1993 ACQUISITION STOCK OPTION PLAN

     1.  Purpose of the Plan.  The Plan shall be known as Pulse  Bancorp,  Inc.,
1993 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The purpose of the Plan is to
attract and retain the best  available  personnel for  positions of  substantial
responsibility and to provide additional  incentives to officers,  directors and
key employees of Pulse Bancorp,  Inc.,  (the  "Corporation"),  or any present or
future  parent or subsidiary  of the  Corporation  to promote the success of the
business.  The Plan is  intended to provide  for the grant of  "Incentive  Stock
Options,"  within the meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code") and Non-Incentive  Stock Options,  options that do
not so qualify.  Each and every one of the  provisions  of the Plan  relating to
Incentive  Stock Options shall be interpreted to conform to the  requirements of
Section 422 of the Code.

     2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply.

          (a) "Award"  means the grant by the  Committee of an  Incentive  Stock
Option or a Non-Incentive Stock Option, or any combination  thereof, as provided
in the Plan.

          (b) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the  Corporation,  or
any successor or parent corporation thereto.

          (c) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (d) "Committee" shall mean the Stock Option Committee appointed by the
Board in accordance with paragraph 5(a) of the Plan,

          (e) "Common Stock" shall mean common stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of the Corporation, or any successor or parent corporation thereto.

          (f)  "Continuous  Employment"  or  "Continuous  Status as an Employee"
shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of employment with the
Corporation  or any present or future Parent or  Subsidiary of the  Corporation.
Employment  shall  not be  considered  interrupted  in the  case of sick  leave,
military leave or any other leave of absence  approved by the  Corporation or in
the case of transfers between payroll  locations,  of the Corporation or between
the Corporation, its Parent, its Subsidiaries or a successor.

          (g) "Corporation" shall mean Pulse Bancorp, Inc., and any successor or
parent corporation thereto.

          (h) "Director" shall mean a member of the Board of the Corporation, or
any successor or parent corporation thereto.

          (i)  "Effective  Date"  shall  mean the date  specified  in Section 15
hereof.

          (j) "Employee"  shall mean any person  employed by the  Corporation or
any present or future Parent or Subsidiary of the Corporation.

                                       1
<PAGE>

          (k) "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" shall mean an option to purchase
Shares granted by the Committee pursuant to Section 8 hereof which is subject to
the limitations and  restrictions of Section 8 hereof and is intended to qualify
under Section 422 of the Code,

          (l) "Non-Incentive  Stock Option" or "Non-ISO" shall mean an option to
purchase  Shares  granted  pursuant  to  Section 9 hereof,  which  option is not
intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

          (m) "Option"  shall mean an Incentive  or  Non-Incentive  Stock Option
granted pursuant to this plan providing the holder of such Option with the right
to purchase Common Stock.

          (n)  "Optioned  Stock" shall mean stock  subject to an Option  granted
pursuant to the Plan,

          (o)  "Optionee"  shall mean any person who receives an Option or Award
pursuant to the Plan.

          (p) "Parent" shall mean any present or future  corporation which would
be a "parent corporation" as defined in Subsections 424(e) and (g) of the Code.

          (q) "Participant"  means any director,  officer or key employee of the
Corporation  or any Parent or Subsidiary of the  Corporation or any other person
providing  a service to the  Corporation  who is selected  by the  Committee  to
receive an Award, or who by the express terms of the Plan is granted an Award.

          (r) "Plan"  shall  mean Pulse  Bancorp,  Inc.,  1993 Stock  Option and
Incentive Plan.

          (s) "Savings Bank" shall mean Pulawski  Savings Bank, or any successor
corporation thereto.

          (t) "Share" shall mean one share of the Common Stock.

          (u) "Subsidiary"  shall mean any present or future  corporation  which
would be a "subsidiary  corporation" as defined in Subsections 424(f) and (g) of
the Code.

     3.  SHARES  SUBJECT  TO THE  PLAN.  Except  as  otherwise  required  by the
provisions of Section 13 hereof,  the aggregate number of Shares with respect to
which Awards may be made pursuant to the Plan shall not exceed  183,921  Shares.
Such Shares may either be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

     An Award shall not be  considered to be made under the Plan with respect to
any Award which terminates prior to its exercise,  and new Awards may be granted
under the Plan with respect to the number of Shares as to which such termination
has  occurred.

                                       2

<PAGE>

     4. SIX MONTH HOLDING PERIOD.

          A total of six months must elapse  between the date of the grant of an
Award and the date of the sale of Common Stock received through such Award.

     5. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a) (i) COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE. Except as indicated in paragraph
5(a)(ii) below, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee consisting of at
least three non-employee Directors of the Corporation appointed by the Board and
serving at the pleasure of the Board.  Officers,  Directors,  key  employees and
other persons who are  designated by the Committee  shall be eligible to receive
Awards under the Plan,  and all persons  designated  as members of the Committee
shall be  "disinterested  persons"  within the  meaning of Rule 16b-3  under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

               (ii)  For the  purpose  of  granting  Awards  to  directors,  the
selection of any  Director to whom Awards may be granted,  as well as the number
of Shares subject to Awards, must be determined by a "disinterested  committee",
as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

          (b) Powers of the Committee.  The Committee is authorized (but only to
the extent not contrary to the express  provisions of the Plan or to resolutions
adopted by the Board) to interpret  the Plan,  to  prescribe,  amend and rescind
rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the form and content of
Awards to be issued under the Plan and to make other determinations necessary or
advisable for the  administration  of the Plan,  and shall have and may exercise
such other power and  authority as may be delegated to it by the Board from time
to time. A majority of the entire  Committee  shall  constitute a quorum and the
action of a majority of the members  present at any meeting at which a quorum is
present  shall be  deemed  the  action  of the  Committee.  In no event  may the
Committee revoke outstanding Awards without the consent of the Participant.

          The Chairman of the  Corporation  and such other  officers as shall be
designated  by the  Committee  are  hereby  authorized  to  execute  instruments
evidencing Awards on behalf of the Corporation and to cause them to be delivered
to the Participants.

          (c) EFFECT OF COMMITTEE'S DECISION. All decisions,  determinations and
interpretations  of the Committee  shall be final and  conclusive on all persons
affected  thereby,  subject to  ratification  by the Board by a majority  of its
disinterested members.

     6. ELIGIBILITY.

               (i) Awards may be granted to officers,  Directors,  key employees
and other persons. The Committee shall from time to time determine the officers,
Directors, key employees and other persons who shall be granted Awards under the
Plan, the number to be granted to each such officer,  Director, key employee and
other  persons  under  the  Plan,  and  whether  Awards  granted  to  each  such
Participant  under  the  Plan  shall be  Incentive  and/or  Non-Incentive  Stock
Options.  In selecting  Participants  and in determining the number of Shares of
Common  Stock to be  granted  to each such  Participant  pursuant  to each Award
granted  under the Plan,  the  Committee may consider the nature of the services
rendered by each such Participant, each such Participant's current and potential
contribution  to the Corporation and such other factors as the Committee may, in
its sole discretion, deem relevant. Officers,  Directors, key employees or other
persons who have been  granted an Award may, if otherwise  eligible,  be granted
additional Awards.

                                       3
<PAGE>

               (ii) The aggregate  fair market value  (determined as of the date
the Option is  granted)  of the Shares  with  respect to which  Incentive  Stock
Options are  exercisable for the first time by each Employee during any calendar
year (under all Incentive  Stock Option plans,  as defined in Section 422 of the
Code,  of the  Corporation  or any present or future Parent or Subsidiary of the
Corporation) shall not exceed $100,000.  Notwithstanding the prior provisions of
this  Section 6, the  Committee  may grant  Options  in excess of the  foregoing
limitations,  provided said Options shall be clearly and specifically designated
as not being Incentive Stock Options, as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

               (iii) In no event  shall  Shares  subject to  Options  granted to
Directors  in their  capacity as such,  pursuant  to Section  9(a) herein in the
aggregate  under this Plan  exceed  more than 40% of the Shares  authorized  for
delivery  under this Plan  pursuant  to Section 3 herein.  If such Shares in the
aggregate  are not awarded to Directors  pursuant to Section  9(a) herein,  such
Shares may be awarded to officers or key employees.

     7. TERM OF THE PLAN.  The Plan shall  continue  in effect for a term of ten
(10) years from the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section
18 hereof.  No Option shall be granted  under the Plan after ten (10) years from
the Effective Date.

     8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. Incentive Stock Options
may be granted only to  Participants  who are Employees.  Each  Incentive  Stock
Option granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an instrument in such
form as the Committee shall from time to time approve.  Each and every Incentive
Stock Option granted  pursuant to the Plan shall comply with, and be subject to,
the following terms and conditions:

          (a) Option Price.

               (i) The price  per Share at which  each  Incentive  Stock  Option
granted  under  the  Plan  may be  exercised  shall  not,  as to any  particular
Incentive  Stock Option,  be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock
at the time such Incentive  Stock Option is granted.  For such purposes,  if the
Common Stock is traded otherwise than on a national  securities  exchange at the
time of the  granting  of an  Option,  then the price per Share of the  Optioned
Stock  shall be not less than the mean  between  the bid and asked  price on the
date the  Incentive  Stock  Option is  granted  or, if there is no bid and asked
price on said date, then on the next prior business day on which there was a bid
and asked price. If no such bid and asked price is available, then the price per
Share shall be determined by the  Committee.  If the Common Stock is listed on a
national  securities  exchange at the time of the granting of an Incentive Stock
Option,  then the  price per Share  shall be not less  than the  average  of the
highest and lowest  selling  price on such  exchange on the date such  Incentive
Stock Option is granted or, if there were no sales on said date,  then the price
shall be not less than the mean between the bid and asked price on such date.

               (ii)  In  the  case  of  an  Employee   who  owns  Common   Stock
representing more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding  Common Stock at the
time the Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  the  Incentive  Stock Option price
shall not be less than one  hundred  and ten  percent  (110%) of the fair market
value of the Common Stock at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

          (b) PAYMENT.  Full  payment for each Share of Common  Stock  purchased
upon the exercise of any Incentive  Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be
made at the time of exercise of each such  Incentive  Stock  Option and shall be
paid in cash (in United States  Dollars),  Common Stock or a combination of cash
and Common  Stock.  Common  Stock  utilized  in full or  partial  payment of the
exercise price shall be valued at its fair market value at the date of exercise.
The Corporation shall accept full or partial payment in Common Stock only to the
extent  permitted by  applicable  law. No Shares of Common Stock shall be issued
until full payment therefor

                                       4

<PAGE>

has been  received by the  Corporation,  and no  Optionee  shall have any of the
rights of a  stockholder  of the  Corporation  until  Shares of Common Stock are
issued to him.

          (c) TERM OF INCENTIVE  STOCK OPTION.  The term of each Incentive Stock
Option  granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be not more than ten (10) years from
the date each such Incentive Stock Option is granted,  provided that in the case
of an Employee who owns stock  representing  more than ten percent  (10%) of the
Common Stock outstanding at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted,  the
term of the Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed five (5) years.

          (d) EXERCISE  GENERALLY.  Except as, otherwise  provided in Section 10
hereof, no Incentive Stock Option may be execised unless the Optionee shall have
been in the employ of the  Corporation at all times during the period  beginning
with the date of grant of any such Incentive Stock Option and ending on the date
three (3)  months  prior to the date of  exercise  of any such  Incentive  Stock
Option.  The Committee  may impose  additional  conditions  upon the right of an
Optionee to exercise any Incentive Stock Option granted  hereunder which are not
inconsistent with the terms of the Plan or the requirements for qualification as
an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

          (e) CASHLESS  EXERCISE.  An Optionee.  who has held an Incentive Stock
Option  for at least six months may  engage in the  "cashless  exercise"  of the
Option. In a cashless exercise, an Optionee gives the Corporation written notice
of  the  exercise  of  the  Option  together  with  an  order  to  a  registered
broker-dealer  or  equivalent  third party,  to sell part or all of the Optioned
Stock and to deliver enough of the proceeds to the Corporation to pay the Option
price and any applicable  withholding  taxes.  If the Optionee does not sell the
Optioned Stock through a registered  broker-dealer or equivalent third party, he
can give the  Corporation  written  notice of the exercise of the Option and the
third party  purchaser of the Optioned Stock shall pay the Option price plus any
applicable withholding taxes to the Corporation.

          (f)  TRANSFERABILITY.  Any Incentive Stock Option granted  pursuant to
the Plan shall be exercised  during an Optionee's  lifetime only by the Optionee
to whom it was granted and shalt not be  assignable  or  transferable  otherwise
than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

     9. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF NON-INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  Each Non-Incentive
Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an instrument in
such  form as the  Committee  shall  from time to time  approve.  Each and every
Non-Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall comply with and be
subject to the following terms and conditions,

          (a)  OPTIONS  GRANTED  TO  DIRECTORS.  Subject to the  limitations  of
Section 6(iii),  Non-incentive Stock Options will be granted to each Director as
follows:  Effective  October 22,  1992,  each  Director of the Company  shall be
granted  Options to  purchase  3,000  shares of Common  Stock at the fair market
value of such Common Stock on that date, which was $17,625 per share. On January
1, 1994,  and  annually  thereafter,  each  Director of the Company then serving
shall be granted  additional Options to purchase 3,000 shares of Common Stock at
the fair market value of such Common  Stock on the date of grant.  Such grant of
Options to Directors shall be reduced pro rata to the extent that such number of
Options  available  for grant  shall be less than  3,000 per  Director.  Options
granted pursuant to this paragraph will be exercisable immediately upon the date
it is granted  subject to stockholder  ratification  of the Plan and will remain
exercisable for up to ten years from such date of grant.  The price per Share at
which such Options granted shall be equal to the fair market value of the Common
Stock at the time such Options are  granted.  For such  purposes,  if the Common
Stock is traded otherwise than on a national  securities exchange at the time of
the  granting of the  Options,  then the price per Share of the  Optioned  Stock
shall be not less than the mean between the bid and asked price on the date the

                                       5

<PAGE>

Options are granted or, if there is no bid and asked price on said date, then on
the next prior business day on which there was a bid and asked price. If no such
bid and asked price is  available,  then the price per Share shall be determined
by the  Committee.  If the  Common  Stock is  listed  on a  national  securities
exchange at the time of the  granting  of an  Options,  then the price per Share
shall be not less than the average of the highest  and lowest  selling  price on
such exchange on the date such Options are granted or, if there were no sales on
said date,  then the price  shall be not less than the mean  between the bid and
asked price on such date.  Such Options may be exercised only while the Optionee
is a Director of the  Corporation,  or within one year after  termination of the
Optionee's  status  as a  Director  but not  later  than the date on which  such
Options would  otherwise  expire,  or in the event of such person's death during
the term of his  directorship,  by the personal  representation of his estate or
person or persons to whom his rights under such Option shall have passed by will
or by laws of descent and distribution.  Such Options of a deceased Director may
be exercised within two years from the date of his death, but not later than the
date on which the Option would otherwise expire. Unless otherwise  inapplicable,
or inconsistent with the provisions of this paragraph, the Options to be granted
to Directors  hereunder  shall be subject to all other  provisions of this Plan.
Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  Options  granted  pursuant to
this Section 9(a) to Directors who are also  Employees at the time of such grant
shall be deemed Incentive Stock Options; provided that if such Options shall not
be exercised within 3 months of the date of termination of employment, except in
the case of disability or death, as noted above,  such Options shall  thereafter
be deemed  Non-Incentive  Stock  Options and shall  remain  exercisable  for the
remaining  term of  exercisability  or  within  one year of  termination  of the
Optionee's  status as a  Director,  whichever  is earlier.  Notwithstanding  the
provisions of Section 9(a),  additional  Awards may be made to Directors who are
serving as Employees within the sole discretion of the Committee.

          (b) OPTION  PRICE.  The  exercise  price per Share of Common Stock for
each Non-Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan, other than Options
granted pursuant to Section 9(a) herein, shall be at such price as the Committee
may determine in its sole discretion.

          (c) PAYMENT.  Full  payment for each Share of Common  Stock  purchased
upon the exercise of any Non-Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall
be made at the time of  exercise  of each such  Non-Incentive  Stock  Option and
shall be paid in cash (in United States Dollars),  Common Stock or a combination
of cash and Common Stock.  Common Stock  utilized in full or partial  payment of
the  exercise  price  shall be  valued at its fair  market  value at the date of
exercise.  The Corporation  shall accept full or partial payment in Common Stock
only to the extent  permitted by applicable law. No Shares of Common Stock shall
be issued until full payment  therefor has been received by the  Corporation and
no Optionee  shall have any of the rights of a  stockholder  of the  Corporation
until the Shares of Common Stock are issued to him.

          (d) TERM. The term of each Non-Incentive Stork Option granted pursuant
to the Plan  shall be not more  than ten  (10)  years  from the date  each  such
Non-Incentive Stock Option is granted.

          (e) EXERCISE GENERALLY. The Committee may impose additional conditions
upon the right of any  Participant  to exercise any  Non-Incentive  Stock Option
granted  hereunder  which  is not  inconsistent  with  the  terms of the Plan

          (f) CASHLESS EXERCISE.  An Optionee who has held a Non-Incentive Stock
Option  for at least six months may  engage in the  "cashless  exercise"  of the
Option. In a cashless exercise, an Optionee gives the Corporation written notice
of  the  exercise  of  the  Option  together  with  an  order  to  a  registered
broker-dealer  or  equivalent  third party,  to sell part or all of the Optioned
Stock and to deliver enough of the proceeds to the Corporation to pay the Option
price and any applicable  withholding  taxes.  If the Optionee does not sell the
Optioned Stock through a registered  broker-dealer or equivalent third party, he
can give the  Corporation  written

                                       6

<PAGE>

notice of the  exercise  of the  Option  and the third  Party  purchaser  of the
Optioned Stock shall pay the Option price plus any applicable withholding taxes;
to the Corporation.

          (g)  TRANSFERABILITY.  Any Non-Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant
to the  Plan  shall be  exercised  during  an  Optionee's  lifetime  only by the
Optionee  to whom it was  granted and shall not be  assignable  or  transferable
otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

     10. EFFECT OF TERMINATION  OF EMPLOYMENT,  DISABILITY OR DEATH ON INCENTIVE
STOCK OPTIONS.

          (a)  TERMINATION  OF  EMPLOYMENT.  In the  event  that any  Optionee's
employment  with the  Corporation  shall  terminate  for any reason,  other than
Permanent and Total  Disability (as such term is defined in Section  22(e)(3) of
the Code) or death, all of any such Optionee's  Incentive Stock Options, and all
of any such  Optionee's  rights to  purchase or receive  Shares of Common  Stock
pursuant  thereto,  shall  automatically  terminate  on the  earlier  of (i) the
respective  expiration  dates of any such  Incentive  Stock  Options or (ii) the
expiration of not more than three (3) months after the date of such  termination
of employment, but only if, and to the extent that, the Optionee was entitled to
exercise any such  Incentive  Stock Options at the date of such  termination  of
employment.  In the event that a  subsidiary  ceases to be a  subsidiary  of the
Corporation,  the  employment of all of its  employees  who are not  immediately
thereafter  employees of the  Corporation  shall be deemed to terminate upon the
date such subsidiary so ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Corporation.

          (b) DISABILITY.  In the event that any Optionee's  employment with the
Corporation  shall terminate as the result of the Permanent and Total Disability
of such Optionee, such Optionee may exercise any Incentive Stock Options granted
to him  pursuant  to the  Plan  at any  time  prior  to the  earlier  of (i) the
respective  expiration date of any such Incentive Stock Options or (ii) the date
which is one (1) year after the date of such termination of employment, but only
if, and to the extent  that,  the  Optionee  was  entitled to exercise  any such
Incentive Stock Options at the date of such termination of employment.

          (c) DEATH.  In the event of the death of an  Optionee,  any  Incentive
Stock Options granted to such Optionee may be exercised by the person or persons
to whom the  Optionee's  rights under any such  Incentive  Stock Options pass by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution (including the Optionee's estate
during the period of administration) at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the
respective expiration dates of any such Incentive Stock Options or (ii) the date
which is two (2) years after the date of death of such Optionee but only if, and
to the extent that,  the  Optionee  was entitled to exercise any such  Incentive
Stock  Options at the date of death.  For  purposes of this Section  10(c),  any
Incentive  Stock Option held by an Optionee  shall be considered  exercisable at
the  date of his  death  if the  only  unsatisfied  condition  precedent  to the
exercisability  of such  Incentive  Stock  Option  at the  date of  death is the
passage of a specified period of time. At the discretion of the Committee,  upon
exercise of such Options the Optionee may receive  Shares or cash or combination
thereof.  If cash shall be paid in lieu of  Shares,  such cash shall be equal to
the  difference  between the fair market  value of such Shares and the  exercise
price of such Options on the exercise date.

          (d)  INCENTIVE  STOCK  OPTIONS  DEEMED  EXERCISABLE.  For  purposes of
Sections  10(a),  10(b) and 10(c) above,  any Incentive Stock Option held by any
Optionee  shall be  considered  exercisable  at the date of  termination  of his
employment if any such  Incentive  Stock Option would have been  exercisable  at
such date of  termination  of employment.

          (e)  TERMINATION OF INCENTIVE  STOCK  OPTIONS.  To the extent that any
Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan to any Optionee,  whose employment
with the  Corporation  terminates  shall  not have  been  exercised  within  the
applicable  peiod set forth in this Section 10, any such Incentive Stock Option,
and all rights

                                       7
<PAGE>

to purchase or receive Shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto,  as the case may
be, shall  terminate on the last day of the  applicable  period.

     11.  EFFECT  OF  TERMINATION   OF   EMPLOYMENT,   DISABILITY  OR  DEATH  ON
NON-INCENTIVE  STOCK OPTIONS.  The terms and conditions of  Non-Incentive  Stock
Options  relating to the effect of the termination of an Optionee's  employment,
disability of an Optionee or his death shall be such terms and conditions as the
Committee shall, in its sole  discretion,  determine at the time of termination,
unless  specifically  provided for by the terms of the  Agreement at the time of
grant of the Award.

     12. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSITION.  The Committee, In
its sole  discretion,  may include,  as a term of any Incentive  Stock Option or
Non-Incentive  Stock Option,  the right (the  "Repurchase  Right"),  but not the
obligation,  to  repurchase  all or any  amount  of the  Shares  acquired  by an
Optionee  pursuant  to the  exercise  of any such  Options.  The  intent  of the
Repurchase Right is to encourage the continued  employment of the Optionee.  The
Repurchase Right shall provide for, among other things, a specified  duration of
the Repurchase  Right, a specified  price per Share to be paid upon the exercise
of the Repurchase  Right and a restriction  on the  disposition of the Shares by
the Optionee during the period of the Repurchase Right. The Repurchase Right may
permit the  Corporation to transfer or assign such right to another  party,  The
Corporation  may exercise the Repurchase  Right only to the extent  permitted by
applicable law.

     13.  RECAPITALIZATION,   MERGER,   CONSOLIDATION  IN  CONTROL  AND  SIMILAR
TRANSACTIONS.

          (a) ADJUSTMENT.  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of
the  Corporation,  within the sole  discretion of the  Committee,  the aggregate
number of Shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted hereunder, the
number of Shares of Common Stock  covered by each  outstanding  Option,  and the
exercise  price  per Share of Common  Stock of each  such  Option,  shall all be
proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued
and  outstanding  Shares  of  Common  Stock  resulting  from  a  subdivision  or
consolidation   of  Shares   (whether   by  reason  of  merger,   consolidation,
recapitalization,   reclassification,   split-up,   combination  of  shares,  or
otherwise) or the payment of a stock  dividend (but only on the Common Stock) or
any other  increase or  decrease  in the number of such  Shares of Common  Stock
effected  without the receipt of  consideration  by the Corporation  (other than
Shares held by dissenting stockholders).

                                       8
<PAGE>

          (b)  CHANGE  IN  CONTROL.   Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the
contrary,  all outstanding  Awards shall become  immediately  exercisable in the
event of a change in control or imminent  change in control of the  Corporation,
as  determined  by the  Committee.  In the event of such a change in  control or
imminent  Change in  control,  the  Optionee  shall,  at the  discretion  of the
Committee,  be  entitled to receive  cash in an amount  equal to the fair market
value of the Common Stock subject to any Incentive or Non-Incentive Stock Option
over the Option  Price of such  Shares,  in exchange  for the  surrender of such
Options  by the  Optionee  on that date in the event of a change in  control  or
imminent change in control of the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 13,
"change in control"  shall mean:  (i) the execution of an agreement for the sale
of all,  or a  material  portion,  of the  assets of the  Corporation;  (ii) the
execution of an agreement for a merger or recapitalization of the Corporation or
any merger or  recapitalization  whereby the  Corporation  is not the  surviving
entity;  (iii) a change of control of the Corporation,  as otherwise  defined or
determined by the New Jersey Department of Banking or regulations promulgated by
it; or (iv) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of the beneficial ownership
(within  the  meaning  of  that  term  as it is used  in  Section  13(d)  of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder) of ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of
the Corporation by any person, trust, entity or group. This limitation shall not
apply the  purchase  of  shares  by  underwriters  in  connection  with a public
offering of  Corporation  stock,  or the  purchase of shares of up to 25% of any
class of securities of the Corporation by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit
plan. The term "person"  refers to an individual or a corporation,  partnership,
trust,  association,   joint  venture,  pool,  syndicate,  sole  proprietorship,
unincorporated  organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed
herein.  For purposes of this  Section 13,  "imminent  change in control"  shall
refer to any offer or  announcement,  oral or written,  by any person or persons
acting as a group,  to acquire control of the  Corporation.  The decision of the
Committee  as to whether a change in control or  imminent  change in control has
occurred shall be conclusive and binding.

          (c) EXTRAORDINARY  CORPORATE ACTION. Subject to any required action by
the  stockholders  of the  Corporation,  in the event of any change in  control,
recapitalization,   merger,   consolidation,   exchange  of  Shares,   spin-off,
reorganization,  tender  offer,  liquidation  or other  extraordinary  corporate
action or event, the, Committee,  in its sole discretion,  shall have the power,
prior or  subsequent  to such action or event to:

               (i)  appropriately  adjust the  number of Shares of Common  Stock
subject to each Option,  the exercise  price per Share of Common Stock,  and the
consideration  to be given or received by the  Corporation  upon the exercise of
any outstanding Option;

               (ii) cancel any or all previously granted Options,  provided that
appropriate  Consideration  is paid to the  Optionee  in  connection  therewith;
and/or

               (iii) make such other  adjustments in connection with the Plan as
the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary,  desirable,  appropriate
or advisable;  PROVIDED, however, that no action shall be taken by the Committee
which would cause Incentive  Stock Options granted  pursuant to the Plan to fail
to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

          Except as expressly  provided in Sections  13(a) and 13(b) hereof,  no
Optionee  shall have any rights by reason of the occurrence of any of the events
described in this Section 13,

          (d)  ACCELERATION.  The Committee shall at all times have the power to
accelerate the exercise date of Options previously granted under the Plan.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     14. TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan
shall,  for  all  purposes,  be the  date  on  which  the  Committee  makes  the
determination  of  granting  such  Option.  Except,  however,  for  purposes  of
compliance  with Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934. the date of
grant of an Option shall be deemed the later of the date of grant or the date of
stockholder approval of the Plan. Notice of the determination of the grant of an
Option shall be given to each  Individual to whom an Option is so granted within
a  reasonable  time  after the date of such  grant in a form  determined  by the
Committee.

     15.  EFECTIVE  DATE.  The  Plan  shall  become  effective  upon the date of
adoption of the Plan by the Board.  Awards may be granted prior to  ratification
of the Plan by the  stockholders  of the Corporation if the granting or exercise
of such Awards is subject to such stockholder ratification.

     16. APPROVAL BY STOCKHOLDERS. The Plan shall be approved by stockholders of
the  Corporation  within  twelve (12)  months  before or after the date the Plan
becomes  effective.

     17.  MODIFICATION OF OPTIONS.  At any time and from time to time, the Board
may authorize  the Committee to direct the execution of an instrument  providing
for the modification of any outstanding  Award,  provided no such  modification,
extension  or  renewal  shall  confer on the  holder of said  Award any right or
benefit  which could not be conferred on him by the grant of a new Award at such
time, or shall not materially  decrease the Optionee's  benefits under the Award
without the  consent of the holder of the Award  except as  otherwise  permitted
under Section 18 hereof.  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  the
Committee shall have the authority to cancel outstanding Awards with the consent
of the  Optionee and to reissue new Awards at a low  exercise  price,  but in no
event less than the then fair  market  value per share of Common  Stock,  in the
event that the fair market  value per share of Common Stock at any time prior to
the date of exercise of  outstanding  Awards falls below the  exercise  price of
such Awards.

     18. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a) ACTION BY THE BOARD.  The Board may alter,  suspend or discontinue
the  Plan,  except  that no action of the  Board  may  increase  (other  than as
provided  in Section 13 hereof)  the maximum  number of Shares  permitted  to be
awarded  under  the  Plan,   materially   increase  the  benefits   accruing  to
Participants   under  the  Plan  or  materially   modify  the  requirements  for
eligibility for  participation in the Plan unless such action of the Board shall
be subject to approval or ratification by the stockholders of the Corporation.

          (b) CHANGE IN  APPLICABLE  LAW.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision
contained  in the Plan,  in the event of a change in any  federal  or state law,
rule  or  regulation  which  would  make  the  exercise  of all or  part  of any
previously  granted Award or Stock Option unlawful or subject the Corporation to
any penalty, the Committee may restrict any such exercise without the consent of
the Optionee or other holder  thereof in order to comply with any such law, rule
or regulation or to avoid any such penalty.

     19.  CONDITIONS  UPON  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Shares shall not be issued with
respect to any Award  granted under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of
such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without
limitation,  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  the rules and  regulations
promulgated thereunder, any applicable state securities law and the requirements
of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.

     The  inability of the  Corporation  to obtain from any  regulatory  body or
authority  deemed by the  Corporation's  counsel to be  necessary  to the lawful
issuance and sale of any Shares  hereunder  shall relieve the Corporation of any
liability in respect of the non-issuance or sale of such Shares.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     As a condition to the exercise of an Award the  Corporation may require the
person exercising the Award make such  representations  and warranties as may be
necessary  to assure the  availability  of an  exemption  from the  registration
requirements of federal or state securities law.

     20.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.  During the term of the Plan,  the  Corporation
will  reserve and keep  available a number of Shares  sufficient  to satisfy the
requirements of the Plan.

     21.  UNSECURED  OBLIGATION.  No  Participant  under the Plan shall have any
interest in any fund or special asset of the  Corporation  by reason of the Plan
or the grant of any Award  under the Plan.  No trust  fund  shall be  created in
connection  with the Plan or any grant of any Award hereunder and there shall be
no required funding of amounts which may become payable to any Participant.

     22.  WITHHOLDING  TAX. The Corporation  shall have the right to deduct from
all amounts  paid in cash with  respect to the  cashless  exercise of Options or
other Award under the Plan any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect
to such cash  payments.  Where a  Participant  or other  person is  entitled  to
receive  Shares  pursuant to the exercise of an Award  pursuant to the Plan, the
Corporation shall have the right to require the Participant or such other person
to pay the Corporation the amount of any taxes which the Corporation is required
to withhold with respect to such Shares, or, in lieu thereof, to retain, or sell
without notice, a number of such Shares  sufficient to cover the amount required
to be withheld.

     23.  GOVERNING  LAW.  The  Plan  shall  be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the State of Now Jersey,  except to the extent that
federal law shall be deemed to apply.

                                       11


                          FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC.

                       1997 ACQUISITION STOCK OPTION PLAN

     1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall be known as the Pulse Bancorp,  Inc.
("Company") 1997 Directors Stock Compensation Plan (the "Plan").  The purpose of
the  Plan  is  to  retain  and  reward  qualified  personnel  for  positions  of
substantial  responsibility  as members of the Board of Directors of the Company
or any  present or future  parent or  subsidiary  of the  Company to promote the
success of the business.  The Plan is intended to provide for the grant of Stock
Options that are NOT Incentive Stock Options," within the meaning of Section 422
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

     2. DEFINITIONS. The following words and phrases when used in this plan with
an initial capital letter, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, shall
have the meaning as set forth below, Wherever appropriate, the masculine pronoun
shall  include the feminine  pronoun and the singular  shall include the plural.

          (a) "Award" means the grant by the Committee or in accordance with the
terms  of the Plan of a Stock  Option.

          (b) "Board"  shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company,  or any
successor or parent corporation thereto,

          (c) "Change in Control" shall mean: (i) the sale of all, or a material
portion,  of the assets of the Company;  (ii) the merger or  recapitalization of
the Company whereby the Company is not the surviving  entity;  (iii) a change in
control of the Company,  as otherwise  defined or  determined  by the New Jersey
Department of Banking or regulations promulgated by it: or (iv) the acquisition,
directly or indirectly,  of the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of that
term as it is used in Section 13(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and
the rules and regulations promulgated  (thereunder) of twenty-five percent (25%)
or more of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Company by any  person,
trust,  entity or group.  This  limitation  shall not apply to the  purchase  of
shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering of Company stock, or
the purchase of shares of up to 25% of any class of securities of the Company by
a  tax-qualified  employee  stock benefit plan.  The term "person"  refers to an
individual or a corporation,  partnership,  trust,  association,  joint venture,
pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship,  unincorporated  organization or any other
form of entity not specifically  listed herein. The decision of the Committee as
to whether a Change in Control has occurred shall be conclusive and binding.

          (d) "Code" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,
and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          (e)  "Committee"  shall mean the Board or the Stock  Option  Committee
appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 5(a) of the Plan,

          (f) "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company,  or any
successor or parent corporation thereto.

                                       1
<PAGE>

          (g)  "Company"  shall  mean  the  Pulse  Bancorp,   Inc.,  the  parent
corporation of the Savings Bank, or any successor or Parent thereof.

          (h) "Director" shall mean a member of the Board of the Company, or any
successor or parent corporation thereto.

          (i)  "Director  Emeritus"  shall  mean a person  serving as a director
emeritus,  advisory director,  consulting director, or other similar position as
may be  appointed  by the Board of  Directors of the Savings Bank or the Company
from time to time,

          (j) "Disability" means any physical or mental impairment which renders
the  Participant  incapable of  continuing  in the  employment or service of the
Savings  Association or the Parent in his then curent  capacity as determined by
the Committee.

          (k)  "Dividend  Equivalent  Rights" shall mean the rights to receive a
cash payment in accordance with Section 10 of the Plan,

          (l) "Effective Date" shall mean October 23, 1997.

          (m)  "Employee"  shall mean any person  employed by the Company or any
present or future Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. "Non-Employee" shall mean
an  individual  not  employed by the Company or any present or future  Parent or
Subsidiary of the Company.

          (n) "Fair Market Value" shall mean:  (i) if the Common Stock is traded
otherwise than on a national securities exchange, then the Fair Market Value per
Share  shall be equal to the  mean  between  the last bid and ask  price of such
Common  Stock on such date or,  if there is no bid and ask  price on said  date,
then on the  immediately  prior  business  day on which  there was a bid and ask
price.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  for purposes of the award of Options to
Directors  in  accordance  with  Section  9, such  Fair  Market  Value  shall be
calculated  based upon the average of the last reported sale price of the Common
Stock for the preceding  three-business-day period. If no such bid and ask price
is  available,  then the Fair  Market  Value shall be  detemined  based upon the
average  of the mean  between  the last bid and ask price of such  Common  Stock
during  such  three-day  period;  or (ii) if the  Common  Stock is  listed  on a
national securities exchange,  then the Fair Market Value per Share shall be not
less than the  average of the highest  and lowest  selling  price of such Common
Stock on such  exchange  on such  date,  or if there were no sales on said date,
then the Fair Market  Value shall be not less than the mean between the last bid
and ask price on such date.

          (o) "Option" or "Stock Option" shall mean an Award granted pursuant to
this Plan providing the holder of such Option with the right to purchase  Common
Stock.

          (p)  "Optioned  Stock" shall mean stock  subject to an Option  granted
pursuant to the Plan,

          (q)  "Optionee"  shall mean any person who receives an Option or Award
pursuant to the Plan.

          (r) "Parent" shall mean any present or future  corporation which would
be a "parent corporation" as defined in Sections 424(e) and (g) of the Code.

2
<PAGE>

          (s)  "Participant"  means any director of the Company or any Parent or
Subsidiary of the Company or any other person providing a service to the Company
who is  selected  by the  Committee  to receive an Award,  or who by the express
terms of the Plan is granted an Award.

          (t) "Plan" shall mean the Pulse  Bancorp,  Inc. 1997  Directors  Stock
Compensation Plan.

          (u) "Savings  Bank" shall mean Pulse  Savings Bank,  South River,  New
Jersey, or any successor  corporation  thereto,

          (v) "Share" shall mean one share of the Common Stock.

          (w) "Subsidiary"  shall mean any present or future  corporation  which
constitutes a "subsidiary"  corporation as defined in Sections 424(f) and (g) of
the Code.

     3.  SHARES  SUBJECT  TO THE  PLAN.  Except  as  otherwise  required  by the
provisions of Section 11 hereof.  the aggregate number of Shares with respect to
which Awards may be made  pursuant to the Plan shall not exceed  25,000  Shares.
Such  Shares  may  either  be from  authorized  but  unissued  shares  or shares
purchased  in the market for Plan  purposes.  If an Award shall  expire,  become
unexercisable,  or be forfeited for any reason prior to its exercise, new Awards
may be granted  under the Plan with  respect to the number of Shares as to which
such expiration has occurred.

     4. SIX MONTH HOLDING PERIOD.

          Except in the event of the death or  disability  of the  Optionee or a
Change in Control of the  Company,  a minimum of six months must elapse  between
the date of the grant of an Option and the date of the sale of the Common  Stock
received through the exercise of such Option.

     5.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a)  COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE.  The Plan shall be  administered by
the Board of Directors of the Company or a Committee  which shall consist of not
less than two Directors of the Company appointed by the Board and serving at the
pleasure of the Board. All persons  designated as members of the Committee shall
meet the  requirements of a "Non-Employee  Director"  within the meaning of Rule
16b-3 under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as found at 17 CFR
ss.240.16b-3.

          (b) POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE.  The Committee is authorized (but only to
the extent not contrary to the express  provisions of the Plan or to resolutions
adopted by the Board) to interpret  the Plan,  to  prescribe,  amend and rescind
rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the form and content of
Awards to be issued under the Plan and to make other determinations necessary or
advisable for the  administration  of the Plan,  and shall have and may exercise
such other power and  authority as may be delegated to it by the Board from time
to time. A majority of the entire  Committee  shall  constitute a quorum and the
action of a majority of the members  present at any meeting at which a quorum is
present  shall be  deemed  the  action  of the  Committee.  In no event  may the
Committee revoke outstanding Awards without the consent of the Participant.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          The  President  of the  Company  and such other  officers  as shall be
designated by the Committee are hereby authorized to execute written  agreements
evidencing  Awards on behalf of the Company and to cause them to be delivered to
the Participants. Such agreements shall set forth the Option exercise price, the
number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Option,  the expiration date of
such Options, and such other terms and restrictions  applicable to such Award as
are determined in accordance with the Plan or the actions of the Committee,

          (c) EFFECT OF COMMITTEE'S DECISION. All decisions,  determinations and
interpretations  of the Committee  shall be final and  conclusive on all persons
affected thereby.

     6.   ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARDS AND LIMITATIONS.

          (a) The Committee  shall from time to time  detemine the  Participants
who  shall be  granted  Awards  under  the Plan and the  number  of Awards to be
granted to each such persons.  In selecting  Participants and in determining the
number of Shares of Common  Stock to be  granted to each such  Participant,  the
Committee may consider the nature of the prior and  anticipated  future services
rendered by each such Participant, each such Participant's current and potential
contribution  to the Company and such other factors as the Committee may, in its
sole discretion. deem relevant. Participants who have been granted an Award may,
if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.

          (b) In no  event  shall  Shares  subject  to  Options  granted  to any
Participant  exceed more than 17% of the total number of Shares  authorized  for
delivery under the Plan.

     7. TERM OF THE PLAN.  The Plan shall  continue  in effect for a term of ten
(10) years from the Effective  Date,  unless the Plan is terminated by the Board
in accordance with the Plan.

     8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK  OPTIONS.  Stock Options may be granted or
awarded only to  Participants.  Each Stock Option  granted  pursuant to the Plan
shall be evidenced by an  instrument  in such form as the  Committee  shall from
time to time  approve.  Each Stock  Option  granted  pursuant  to the Plan shall
comply with, and be subject to, the following terms and conditions:

          (a)  OPTION  PRICE.  The price per Share at which  each  Stock  Option
granted by the  Committee  under the Plan may be exercised  shall not, as to any
particular Stock Option,  be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock
on the date that such Stock Option is granted.

          (b) PAYMENT.  Full  payment for each Share of Common  Stock  purchased
upon the  exercise of any Stock Option  granted  under the Plan shall be made at
the time of  exercise  of each such  Stock  Option and shall be paid in cash (in
United States Dollars),  Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock.
Common Stock utilized in full or partial  payment of the exercise price shall be
valued at the Fair  Market  Value at the date of  exercise.  The  Company  shall
accept full or partial  payment in Common Stock only to the extent  permitted by
applicable law. No Shares of Common Stock shall be issued until full payment has
been received by the Company,  and no Optionee shall have any of the rights of a
stockholder  of the  Company  until  Shares  of Common  Stock are  issued to the
Optionee

          (c) TERM OF STOCK  OPTION.  The term of  exercisability  of each Stock
Option  granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be not more than ten (10) years from
the date each such Stock Option is granted.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     (d) EXERCISE  GENERALLY.  Except as otherwise  provided by the terms of the
Plan by action of the  Committee  at the time of the grant of the  Options,  the
Options  granted  will be  first  exercisable  as of the  date of  grant of such
options  and shall  remain  exercisable  during  such  periods  of  service as a
Director or Director Emeritus.

          (e) CASHLESS EXERCISE. Subject to vesting requirements. if applicable,
an  Optionee  who has held a Stock  Option for at least six months may engage in
the "cashless  exercise" of the Option.  Upon a cashless  exercise,  an Optionee
shall give the Company  written  notice of the  exercise of the Option  together
with an order to a registered  broker-dealer  or equivalent third party, to sell
part or all of the Optioned  Stock and to deliver  enough of the proceeds to the
Company to pay the Option exercise price and any applicable  withholding  taxes.
If  the  Optionee  does  not  sell  the  Optioned  Stock  through  a  registered
broker-dealer  or  equivalent  third  party,  the  Optionee can give the Company
written  notice of the  exercise of the Option and the third party  purchaser of
the  Optioned  Stock  shall pay the Option  exercise  price plus any  applicable
withholding taxes to the Company.

          (f) TRANSFERABILITY. A Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall
be exercised  during an Optionee's  lifetime only by the Optionee to whom it was
granted and shall not be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution.

     9.   Awards to Directors.

          Stock Options to purchase 2,000 shares of Common Stock will be granted
to each Director of the Company as of November 1, 1997, and an additional  2,000
shares of Common  Stock will be granted to each  Director  of the  Company  then
serving  as of  November  1,  1998.  The number of options to be awarded to each
Director  shall be reduced  pro rata in the event that the  aggregate  number of
shares of Common Stock reserved under the Plan shall not be available to satisfy
the Awards  contemplated  herein.  Such Options shall be  exercisable at a price
equal to the Fair  Market  Value of the Common  Stock as of the date of grant of
such options.  Such Options will be first  exercisable  as of the date of Grant.
Such  Options  shall  continue  to be  exercisable  for a  period  of ten  years
following  the date of grant without  regard to the  continued  services of such
Director as an  Employee,  Director or  Director  Emeritus.  In the event of the
Optionee's death,  such Options may be exercised by the personal  representative
of his estate or person or persons to whom his rights  under such  Option  shall
have  passed by will or by the laws of descent  and  distribution.  All  Options
awarded in accordance with this Section 9 shall have Dividend  Equivalent Rights
associated with such Options. as detailed at Section 10 herein. Unless otherwise
inapplicable, or inconsistent with the provisions of this paragraph. the Options
to be granted to Directors hereunder shall be subject to all other provisions of
this Plan.

     10. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS. The Committee, in its sole discretion,  may
include as a term of any Option,  the right of the Optionee to receive  Dividend
Equivalent Rights. Such rights shall provide that upon the payment of a dividend
on the  Common  Stock,  the  holder of such  Options  shall  receive  payment of
compensation in an amount  equivalent to the dividend payable as if such Options
had been  exercised  and such Common Stock held as of the dividend  record date.
Such rights  shall  expire upon the  expiration  or exercise of such  underlying
Options. Such rights are non-transferable and shall attach to Options whether or
not such Options are immediately  exercisable.  The dividend equivalent payments
associated  with  Options  shall be paid to the  Option  holder at the  dividend
payment date of the Common Stock. All Options granted in accordance with Section
9 of the Plan as of the  Effective  Date shall have Dividend  Equivalent  Rights
associated with such Options.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     11.  RECAPITALIZATION,  MERGER,  CONSOLIDATION,  CHANGE IN CONTROL AND
          OTHER TRANSACTIONS.

          (a) ADJUSTMENT.  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of
the Company,  within the sole discretion of the Committee,  the aggregate number
of Shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted hereunder, the number
of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding  Option,  and the exercise
price  per  Share  of  Common   Stock  of  each  such   Option,   shall  all  be
proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued
and  outstanding  Shares  of  Common  Stock  resulting  from  a  subdivision  or
consolidation   of  Shares   (whether   by  reason  of  merger,   consolidation,
recapitalization,   reclassification,   split-up,   combination  of  shares,  or
otherwise) or the payment of a stock  dividend (but only on the Common Stock) or
any other  increase or  decrease  in the number of such  Shares of Common  Stock
affected  without the receipt or payment of  consideration by the Company (other
than Shares held by dissenting stockholders).

          (b) CHANGE IN CONTROL. All outstanding Awards shall become immediately
exercisable in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as determined by
the Committee.  In the event of such a Change in Control,  the Committee and the
Board  of  Directors  will  take  one or more  of the  following  actions  to be
effective as of the date of such Change in Control:

          (i) provide that such Options shall be assumed,  or equivalent options
shall be  substituted.  ("Substitute  Options") by the  acquiring or  succeeding
corporation  (or an  affiliate  thereof),  provided  that:  the  shares of stock
issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  such  Substitute   Options  shall  constitute
securities registered in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
("1933  Act") or such  securities  shall be  exempt  from such  registration  in
accordance  with  Sections  3(a)(2) or  3(a)(5) of the 1933 Act,  (collectively,
"Registered Securities"), or in the alternative, if the securities issuable upon
the  exercise  of  such  Substitute  Options  shall  not  constitute  Registered
Securities,  then the Optionee will receive upon  consummation  of the Change in
Control  transaction  a cash  payment for each Option  surrendered  equal to the
difference between (1) the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be received
for each share of Common  Stock in the Change in Control  transaction  times the
number of shares of Common stock subject to such  surrendered  Options,  and (2)
the aggregate  exercise price of all such  surrendered  Options,  or

          (ii) in the  event of a  transaction  under  the  terms  of which  the
holders  of the Common  Stock of the  Company  will  receive  upon  consummation
thereof a cash  payment  (the  "Merger  Price")  for each share of Common  Stock
exchanged in the Change in Control transaction, to make or to provide for a cash
payment to the Optionees  equal to the  difference  between (A) the Merger Price
times the number of shares of Common Stock  subject to such Options held by each
Optionee (to the extent then  exercisable  at prices not in excess of the Merger
Price) and (B) the aggregate  exercise price of all such surrendered  Options in
exchange for such surrendered Options.

          (c) EXTRAORDINARY  COPORATE ACTION.  Notwithstanding any provisions of
the Plan to the contrary,  subject to any required action by the stockholders of
the Company,  in the event of any Change in Control,  recapitalization,  merger,
consolidation,  exchange  of  Shares,  spin-off  reorganization,  tender  offer,
partial or  complete  liquidation  or other  extraordinary  corporate  action or
event,  the  Committee in its sole  discretion,  shall have the power,  prior or
subsequent to such action or event to:

               (i)  appropriately  adjust the  number of Shares of Common  Stock
subject to each Option, the Option exercise price per Share of Common Stock, and
the  consideration  to be given or received by the Company  upon the exercise of
any outstanding Option;

                                       6
<PAGE>

               (ii) cancel any or all previously granted Options,  provided that
consideration  is paid to the Optionee in  connection  (therewith:  and/or

               (iii) make such other  adjustments in connection with the Plan as
the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary,  desirable,  appropriate
or advisable.

          (d)  ACCELERATION.  The Committee shall at all times have the power to
accelerate the exercise date of Options  previously  granted under the Plan.

          (e)  NON-RECURRING  DIVIDENDS.  Upon  the  payment  of  a  special  or
non-recurring  cash  dividend  that has the effect of a return of capital to the
stockholders,   the  Option   exercise   price  per  share   shall  be  adjusted
proportionately,  except to the  extent  that the  Participant  shall  otherwise
receive payments associated with Dividend Equivalent Rights attributable to such
Options with regard to such special or non-recurring  cash dividends.

     Except as expressly  provided in Sections 11(a), 11(b) and 11(e) hereof, no
Optionee  shall have any rights by reason of the occurrence of any of the events
described in this Section 11.

     12. TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan
shall,  for all purposes,  be the date specified in accordance  with the Plan or
the date on which the Committee makes the determination of granting such Option.
Notice of the grant of an Option  shall be given to each  individual  to whom an
Option is so granted within a reasonable  time after the date of such grant in a
form determined by the Committee.

     13.  MODIFICATION OF OPTIONS.  At any time and from time to time, the Board
may authorize  the Committee to direct the execution of an instrument  providing
for the modification of any outstanding  Option,  provided no such modification,
extension  or renewal  shall  confer on the  holder of said  Option any right or
benefit  which  could not be  conferred  on the  Optionee  by the grant of a new
Option at such time, or shall not materially  decrease the  Optionee's  benefits
under the Option  without  the  consent of the holder of the  Option,  except as
otherwise permitted under Section 14 hereof.

     14. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

          (a) ACTION BY THE BOARD.  The Board may alter,  suspend or discontinue
the Plan.

          (b) CHANGE IN  APPLICABLE  LAW.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision
contained  in the Plan,  in the event of a change in any  federal  or state law,
rule  or  regulation  which  would  make  the  exercise  of all or  part  of any
previously  granted Option  unlawful or subject the Company to any penalty,  the
Committee may restrict any such exercise  without the consent of the Optionee or
other holder thereof in order to comply with any such law, rule or regulation or
to avoid any such penalty.

                                       7
<PAGE>
     15.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES;  LIMITATIONS ON OPTION  EXERCISES;
CANCELLATION OF OPTION RIGHTS.

          (a) Shares  shall not be issued  with  respect  to any Option  granted
under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with
all relevant  provisions of applicable law, including,  without limitation,  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  the  rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  any applicable  state  securities laws and the  requirements of any
stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.

          (b)  The   inability   of  the   Company  to  obtain   any   necessary
authorizations,  approvals or letters of non-objection  from any regulatory body
or  authority  deemed by the  Company's  counsel  to be  necessay  to the lawful
issuance and sale of any Shares issuable  hereunder shall relieve the Company of
any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of such Shares.

          (c) As a  condition  to the  exercise  of an Option,  the  Company may
require  the  person  exercising  the  Option to make such  representations  and
warranties as may be necessary to assure the  availability  of an exemption from
the registration requirements of federal or state securities law.

          (d)  Notwithstanding   anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  upon  the
termination  of  employment  or service  of an  Optionee  by the  Company or its
Subsidiaries  for "cause" within the sole  discretion of the Board,  all Options
held  by  such  Participant  cease  to be  exercisable  as of the  date  of such
termination  of employment or service.

          (e) Upon the exercise of an Option by an Optionee  (or the  Optionee's
personal  representative),  the Committee.  in its sole and absolute discretion,
may make a cash  payment to the  Optionee,  in whole or in part,  in lieu of the
delivery  of shares of Common  Stock.  Such cash  payment  to be paid in lieu of
delivery  of Common  Stock  shall be equal to the  difference  between  the Fair
Market  Value of the Common  Stock and the date of the Option  exercise  and the
exercise  price per share of the Option.  Such cash payment shall be in exchange
for the cancellation of such Option.  Such cash payment shall not be made in the
event that such  transaction  would  result in  liability to the Optionee or the
Company under Section 16(b) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     16.  RESERVATION  OF SHARES.  During the term of the Plan, the Company will
reserve  and keep  available  a number  of  Shares  sufficient  to  satisfy  the
requirements of the Plan.

     17.  UNSECURED  OBLIGATION.  No  Participant  under the Plan shall have any
interest  in any fund or special  asset of the  Company by reason of the Plan or
the grant of any  Option  under the Plan.  No trust  fund  shall be  created  in
connection with the Plan or any grant of any Option hereunder and there shall be
no required funding of amounts which may become payable to any Participant.

     18.  WITHHOLDING  TAX. The Company  shall have the right to deduct from all
amounts  paid in cash with  respect to the  cashless  exercise  of  Options  and
Dividend  Equivalent  Rights  under  the Plan any  taxes  required  by law to be
withheld with respect to such cash payments. Where a Participant or other person
is entitled to receive Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option, the Company
shall have the right to require the  Participant or such other person to pay the
Company the amount of any taxes  which the Company is required to withhold  with
respect to such  Shares,  or, in lieu  thereof,  to retain,  or to sell  without
notice,  a number of such Shares  sufficient to cover the amount  required to be
withheld.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     19. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. No Director,  Employee or other person shall have
a right to be selected as a Participant under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any
action  taken by the  Committee  right in  administration  of the Plan  shall be
construed  as giving  any person any rights of  employment  or  retention  as an
Employee,  Director  or in any other  capacity  with the  Company,  the  Savings
Association or other Subsidiaries.

     20.  GOVERNING  LAW.  The  Plan  shall  be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New Jersey,  except to the extent that
federal law shall be deemed to apply.

                                       9



CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following selected financial data and selected operating data should be read
in conjunction  with the  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company and
accompanying notes thereto, which are presented elsewhere herein.

On December 18, 1998,  the Company  acquired  all of the  outstanding  shares of
Pulse  Bancorp,  Inc.  ("Pulse").  The  acquisition  was accounted for using the
pooling-of-interests  accounting method and, therefore, the financial statements
for the periods  prior to the merger have been  restated to include the accounts
and activity of Pulse.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                                                     December 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1999            1998            1997            1996            1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA:
Total assets                                              $1,904,696      $1,855,058      $1,575,332      $1,489,615      $1,390,761
Loans receivable, net                                      1,016,116         854,697         715,810         644,175         592,033
Loans available for sale                                          --              --              --             287             424
Investment securities                                             --              --         127,583         144,504         153,384
Investment securities
  available for sale                                         213,590         242,197          78,443          53,886           2,058
Other interest-earning assets (1)                             37,175          27,652          28,795          12,321          30,616
Mortgage-backed securities, net                                   --              --         369,920         416,475         463,112
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale                575,159         661,881         200,530         161,052          89,339
Deposits                                                   1,213,724       1,268,119       1,227,304       1,189,176       1,197,376
Borrowed funds                                               422,000         264,675         186,665         152,915          39,496
Stockholders' equity                                         244,580         299,819         144,893         131,322         141,987

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)                                         Year Ended December 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1999            1998            1997            1996            1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Interest income                                           $  123,388      $  119,173      $  109,241      $  100,772      $   95,312
Interest expense                                              65,006          65,386          63,558          56,397          52,921
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income                                         58,382          53,787          45,683          44,375          42,391
Provision for loan losses                                      1,650           1,469           1,200             550             310
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income after provision for loan losses         56,732          52,318          44,483          43,825          42,081
Other operating income (2)                                     3,631           4,696           3,383           2,020           2,465
Operating expenses (3)                                        24,556          26,577          24,210          32,874          23,473
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income before income tax expense                            35,807          30,437          23,656          12,971          21,073
Income tax expense                                            12,155          10,944           8,686           4,768           7,506
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income                                              $   23,652      $   19,493      $   14,970      $    8,203      $   13,567
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Basic earnings per share (4)                              $      .60      $      .46      $      .35      $      .18      $      .30
Diluted earnings per share (4)                            $      .59      $      .46      $      .35      $      .18      $      .30
Dividends per share, as adjusted (4)                      $      .37      $      .15      $      .11      $      .08      $      .08

                                                                                At or For the Year Ended December 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1999            1998            1997            1996            1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS:
Return on average assets (2) (3)                               1.25%           1.12%            .96%            .57%           1.01%
Return on average stockholders' equity (2) (3)                 7.99            7.41           10.88            5.79           10.20
Average stockholders' equity to average assets                15.69           15.07            8.86            9.86            9.88
Stockholders' equity to total assets                          12.84           16.16            9.20            8.82           10.21
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes Federal funds sold and investment in the stock of the FHLB-NY.

(2)  Includes  the effect of the sale of the  Eatontown  branch that  realized a
     $1.1 million gain, or $687,000, net of tax in 1998.

(3)  Includes the effect of  non-recurring  items in 1998,  1997,  and 1996. The
     non-recurring item in 1998 was a $2.1 million,  or $1.7 million net of tax,
     merger-related   charge  for  the   acquisition  of  Pulse   Bancorp.   The
     non-recurring  item in 1997 was an  impairment  writedown  of core  deposit
     goodwill totaling $1.3 million, or $867,000 net of tax. Non-recurring items
     for 1996 included the SAIF assessment of $7.9 million,  or $5.1 million net
     of tax, a writedown of $334,000 of core deposit  goodwill,  and a provision
     for  benefits  payable as a result of the  passing of the Bank's  long-time
     President.

(4)  Per share  data  gives  effect to all stock  dividends  and  splits and the
     exchange of 3.9133  shares of Company  Common  Stock for each share of Bank
     Common Stock in connection with the 1998 conversion and  reorganization  of
     First Savings Bank.

                                       1
<PAGE>

MD&A

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS


General

Statements   contained  in  this  report  that  are  not  historical   fact  are
forward-looking  statements,  as that term is defined in the Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  Such  statements  may  be  characterized  as
management's  intentions,  hopes,  beliefs,  expectations  or predictions of the
future. It is important to note that such forward-looking statements are subject
to risks and uncertainties  that could cause actual results to differ materially
from those  projected  in such  forward-looking  statements.  Factors that could
cause future results to vary materially from current  expectations  include, but
are not limited to, changes in interest rates,  competition by larger  financial
institutions,  deposit and loan growth, changes in the quality or composition of
the Company's loan and investment portfolios,  changes in accounting principles,
policies or  guidelines,  legislative  and  regulatory  changes,  changes in the
economy generally and changes in business conditions in the New Jersey market.

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT
DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND DECEMBER 31, 1998

ASSETS Total  assets  increased by $49.6  million,  or 2.7%,  to $1.9 billion at
December  31,  1999.  The change in assets  consisted  primarily of increases in
loans  receivable,  other  assets,  and  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of New  York
("FHLB-NY") stock,  partially offset by decreases in mortgage-backed  securities
("MBS") available for sale,  investment  securities available for sale, and cash
and cash equivalents.

Net loans  receivable  grew by $161.4  million,  or 18.9%,  to $1.0  billion  at
December 31, 1999, from $854.7 million at December 31, 1998.  Loan  originations
totaled  $351.5  million for the year ended  December 31,  1999,  as compared to
$347.6 million for the same period in 1998. The loan  origination  mix continued
to  diversify  the loan  portfolio,  with  emphasis on  commercial  real estate,
residential  construction  and  multi-family  loans.  These  categories of loans
accounted  for $99.2  million,  or 28.2%,  of 1999  originations,  up from $65.5
million, or 19.2%, of 1998 originations.  In addition to growth in originations,
mortgage  loans  purchased  totaled  $57.5  million in 1999  compared with $26.8
million  in  1998.  Purchased  loans  are  re-underwritten  by the  Bank and are
extended  under  the  same  terms  and  conditions  as the  Bank's  direct  loan
originations.  Repayment of principal on loans  totaled  $237.9  million for the
year ended  December 31, 1999, as compared to $216.5 million for the same period
in 1998.  Management  has  emphasized  the  origination of loans in an effort to
increase loans as a percentage of assets.  While management  intends to continue
to actively seek to originate loans, the future levels of loan  originations and
repayments will be significantly influenced by external interest rates and other
economic factors outside of the control of the Company.

FHLB-NY  stock  increased by $5.2 million to $18.1 million at December 31, 1999,
from $12.9 million at December 31, 1998.  Additional  purchases of FHLB-NY stock
were made during 1999 as required by the Company's borrowing agreements with the
FHLB-NY.

LOANS RECEIVABLE NET

In thousands

[BAR CHART OMITTED]

1995      $  592
1996      $  644
1997      $  716
1998      $  855
1999      $1,016

LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION

[PIE CHART OMITTED]

10%       Home Equity
 3%       Construction
11%       Commercial (Real Estate/Multi-family)
76%       (Single family)

                                       9
<PAGE>

DEPOSIT COMPOSITION

[PIE CHART OMITTED]

 4%       Non-interest bearing
29%       NOW/MMDA
14%       Savings
53%       Certificates of Deposit

MBS, all of which are classified as available for sale, decreased $86.7 million,
or 13.1%,  to $575.2  million at  December  31,  1999,  from  $661.9  million at
December  31,  1998.  The  decrease  was  primarily  due to sales and  principal
repayments  of  $240.1  million  and  $203.9  million,  respectively,  exceeding
purchases of $372.9  million for the year ended  December 31, 1999. Net proceeds
were used to fund loan growth and repurchase the Company's  stock.  In addition,
there was an unrealized market value decrease of $15.1 million as interest rates
rose throughout 1999. Management expects the market value to recover and has the
ability to carry these securities through various interest rate scenarios.

Investment  securities  available for sale decreased $28.6 million, or 11.8%, to
$213.6  million as of December  31,  1999,  from $242.2  million at December 31,
1998.  The  decrease  was due to sales  and calls of  $144.1  million  exceeding
purchases of $131.4  million.  These net proceeds  were used to fund loan growth
and repurchase the Company's stock. In addition,  there was an unrealized market
value  decrease of $15.8  million as interest  rates rose  throughout  the year.
Management  expects  the market  value to recover  and has the  ability to carry
these securities through various interest rate scenarios.

Other assets increased $7.4 million,  or 95.2%, to $15.2 million at December 31,
1999,  compared  with $7.8  million at  December  31,  1998.  The  increase  was
primarily  due to the increased  deferred tax benefit  caused by the decrease in
the  market  value  of the MBS and  investment  securities  available  for  sale
portfolios. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $7.0 million, or 18.7%, to $30.6
million as of December 31, 1999, from $37.6 million at December 31, 1998.

LIABILITIES  Deposits  decreased  $54.4  million,  or 4.3%,  to $1.2  billion at
December 31, 1999, from $1.3 billion at December 31, 1998. Deposit outflows were
concentrated  primarily in maturing  certificates of deposit,  as opposed to the
balance of the core deposit base. This decrease was attributable to management's
decision  to offer  lower rates on  maturing  certificates  of deposit  obtained
through the Pulse  acquisition.  Borrowed funds  increased  $157.3  million,  or
59.4%,  to $422.0 million at December 31, 1999,  from $264.7 million at December
31,  1998.  The  increased  borrowed  funds  were  used  primarily  to fund loan
originations and repurchases of the Company's  stock.  Advances by borrowers for
taxes and  insurance  increased  $1.4  million,  or 20.3%,  to $8.4  million  at
December 31, 1999,  from $7.0 million at December 31, 1998,  primarily due to an
increase in the residential loan portfolio.

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY The Company's  stockholders' equity decreased $55.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 1999. The Company  repurchased  $48.0 million of
its common stock during 1999 as part of its ongoing capital management strategy.
Accumulated other comprehensive loss increased $19.8 million to $17.3 million at
December 31, 1999, compared with accumulated other comprehensive  income of $2.5
million at December  31,  1998,  as a result of the decline in market  values of
investment  securities  and MBS available for sale,  net of related tax benefit.
Cash dividends declared during 1999 totaled $14.4 million.  These decreases were
partially  offset by net income of $23.7 million,  proceeds from the exercise of
stock options  totaling $1.5 million and  amortization of benefit plans totaling
$2.1 million.  Book value and tangible book value per share were $6.36 and $6.18
at December  31,  1999,  as compared  to $7.03 and $6.84 at December  31,  1998,
respectively.

                                       10
<PAGE>


Comparison of Operating Results for
the Years Ended December 31, 1999 and
December 31, 1998

Efficiency Ratio

[LINE CHART OMITTED]

First Sentinel
1995      52.4%
1996      50.3%
1997      49.9%
1998      43.4%
1999      40.2%

Mid-Atlantic Peers
1995      58.1%
1996      57.8%
1997      59.9%
1998      59.2%
1999      57.9%

Source: SNL Securities,
Thrift Performance report as of
December 1999


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  Net income for the year ended December 31, 1999 was $23.7
million,  or $0.60 basic and $0.59 diluted earnings per share.  This represented
an  increase of $4.2  million,  or 21.3%,  over the net income of $19.5  million
reported  for 1998.  Basic and  diluted  earnings  per share in 1998 were $0.46.
Earnings  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1998,   excluding  the  one-time
merger-related  charge of $1.7 million (net of tax),  were $21.2  million,  with
basic  and  diluted  earnings  per share of $0.51 and  $0.50,  respectively.  In
addition to the one-time  merger-related charge, the 1998 year was also affected
by two  other  non-recurring  items.  The Bank  realized  an  after-tax  gain of
$687,000  on the  sale of  deposits  and an  after-tax  charge  of  $149,000  in
conjunction with a voluntary  retirement incentive program. Net income for 1998,
excluding these three items, was $20.7 million,  with basic and diluted earnings
per share of $0.49 and $0.48, respectively.

INTEREST  INCOME  Interest  income  increased  $4.2 million,  or 3.5%, to $123.4
million for the year ended  December  31, 1999,  compared to $119.2  million for
1998.  Interest on loans increased $7.2 million,  or 11.8%, to $68.7 million for
1999, as compared to $61.4  million for 1998.  The increase was primarily due to
loan originations  exceeding principal repayments and sales. The average balance
of the loan  portfolio for the year ended  December 31, 1999 increased to $935.0
million,  from $792.2 million for 1998, while the average yield on the portfolio
decreased  to 7.34% for 1999,  from  7.75% for  1998.  Although  interest  rates
increased in 1999,  the yield on the portfolio  declined  during the year as the
rates on principal  repayments have exceeded the rates on new loan originations.
In  addition,  a  decrease  in  interest  rates in the first  quarter of 1999 as
compared  with the  first  quarter  of 1998  negatively  affected  the  yield on
adjustable-rate mortgage loans repricing during that time period.

Interest  on  investment  securities  and MBS,  including  those  classified  as
available for sale,  decreased  $3.0 million,  or 5.2%, to $54.7 million for the
year ended  December 31, 1999,  compared to $57.7 million for 1998.  The average
balance of the  investment and MBS portfolios  totaled $893.1  million,  with an
annualized  yield of 6.13%  for the year  ended  December  31,  1999,  while the
portfolios' average balance was $901.2 million with an annualized yield of 6.41%
for the year ended  December  31,  1998.  Rates on  investment  securities  were
negatively  affected  as higher  yielding  investments  were called and rates on
replacement  securities  were lower than the rates on the  securities  that were
called.  The yield on the MBS portfolio was also  negatively  affected as higher
rate underlying loans prepaid. Due to market interest rates, new purchases had a
lower yield than the MBS in the portfolio in 1998.

INTEREST EXPENSE Interest expense decreased $380,000,  or 0.5%, to $65.0 million
for the year ended  December  31,  1999,  compared  to $65.4  million  for 1998.
Interest expense on deposits decreased $5.6 million,  or 10.7%, to $47.2 million
for  1999,  compared  to  $52.9  million  for  1998.   Management  continued  to
concentrate its efforts on increasing the level of core accounts as a percentage
of overall  deposits.  The increase in the average  balance of NOW, money market
and  savings  accounts,  along  with the  increase  in the  average  balance  of
non-interest bearing deposits,  reflected this strategy.  The average balance of
these core accounts totaled $563.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1999,
compared

                                       11
<PAGE>

to $521.2 million for 1998. The outflow of certificate accounts contributed to a
lower cost of funds in 1999.  The average  interest cost on all deposits for the
year ended December 31, 1999 was 3.78%, compared to 4.26% for the same period in
1998.  Non-interest  bearing accounts  averaged $44.8 million for the year ended
December  31,  1999,  up from $35.3  million for 1998.  The  average  balance of
certificates of deposit  decreased to $686.8 million for the year ended December
31, 1999, from $719.6 million for 1998, due primarily to the sale of higher rate
deposits  in a branch  sold in the  first  quarter  of 1998 and to  management's
reduction in the interest rates offered to maturing certificate  customers.  The
average cost of certificates for the year ended December 31, 1999, was 4.94%, as
compared to 5.48% for the same period in 1998.

Interest on borrowed funds for the year ended December 31, 1999,  increased $5.3
million,  or 42.0%,  to $17.8  million,  compared to $12.5 million for 1998. The
increase in the average  balance of borrowed  funds for 1999 to $325.5  million,
from $217.1 million,  was  attributable to management's  continuing  strategy to
fund earning-asset  growth through the use of borrowed funds, where accretive to
earnings,  and to use borrowed  funds to mitigate the outflow of  certificate of
deposit  accounts.  This strategy is expected to continue and  borrowings can be
expected  to  continue  to  increase  as  a  percentage  of  total  liabilities.
Offsetting the increase in the average balance of borrowed funds was the reduced
interest cost of 5.46% for the year ended December 31, 1999, down from 5.77% for
1998.

NET INTEREST  INCOME Net interest  income  increased  $4.6 million,  or 8.5%, to
$58.4  million for the year ended  December 31, 1999,  compared to $53.8 million
for 1998.  The increase  was due to the changes in interest  income and interest
expense described above. Net interest spread,  defined as the difference between
the average  yield on average  total  interest-earning  assets and average total
interest-bearing liabilities,  increased six basis points to 2.50% in 1999, from
2.44%  in  1998.   This  increase  was  due  to  a  reduction  in  the  cost  of
interest-bearing liabilities to 4.25% for the year ended December 31, 1999, from
4.60% in 1998,  partially offset by a reduction in the yield on interest-earning
assets to 6.75%,  from 7.04% for the same respective  periods.  The net interest
margin,   defined  as  net  interest   income   divided  by  the  average  total
interest-earning assets, increased one basis point to 3.19% in 1999, compared to
3.18% in 1998, as a consequence of the increase in net interest income resulting
from the  increase  in earning  assets and a reduction  in the  average  cost of
funds.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES The provision for loan losses increased  $181,000,  or
12.3%,  to $1.7 million for the year ended  December 31, 1999,  compared to $1.5
million for 1998.  The increase in the  provision  was  primarily due to the net
growth and change in  composition  of the loan  portfolio.  Net loans  increased
$161.4  million for 1999. The provision was based upon  management's  review and
evaluation of the loan  portfolio,  level of  delinquencies,  general market and
economic conditions,  and asset classification  review. In management's opinion,
the  allowance for loan losses,  totaling  $11.0  million,  is adequate to cover
losses inherent in the portfolio at December 31, 1999.

OTHER OPERATING INCOME Other operating income,  consisting  primarily of deposit
product fees,  loan  servicing fees and gains and losses on loans and securities
sold,  decreased  $1.1  million,  or 22.7%,  to $3.6  million for the year ended
December 31, 1999, compared to $4.7 million for 1998. The primary reason for the
overall  decrease in other


LOAN QUALITY
(In thousands)

[BAR/LINE CHART OMITTED]

Non-performing loans
1995      $ 9,321
1996      $ 8,156
1997      $ 7,947
1998      $ 4,265
1999      $ 2,882

Reserves/Non-performing loans
1995       84.23%
1996      117.06%
1997      139.68%
1998      222.86%
1999      410.29%


                                       12
<PAGE>


operating income was recognition of a non-recurring  pre-tax gain on the sale of
deposits of $1.1 million in 1998. Fees and service charges  increased  $182,000,
or 7.9%, to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1999,  compared to $2.3
million for 1998.  The increase was due primarily to fees  generated on a higher
number of demand deposit  accounts.  Net gain on loans and securities  available
for sale decreased $26,000, or 3.7%, to $684,000 for the year ended December 31,
1999,  compared to $710,000  for 1998.  The volume of future sales and gains and
losses on such  sales are  subject  to  significant  fluctuation,  depending  on
liquidity needs and prevailing market conditions.

OPERATING EXPENSES Operating expenses decreased $2.0 million,  or 7.6%, to $24.6
million for the year ended  December  31,  1999,  compared to $26.6  million for
1998. The decrease was mainly attributable to the merger-related  charge of $2.1
million  included in general and  administrative  expenses in 1998.  This charge
resulted from the Pulse acquisition and consisted primarily of professional fees
and services.  The increase in operating  expenses,  excluding the Pulse charge,
was $79,000, or 0.3%. The Company's successful efforts at controlling  operating
costs  while  increasing  revenue  are  reflected  in  the  improvements  in the
operating  expense to average assets and efficiency  ratios.  Excluding the 1998
merger-related  charge,  operating  expense  (excluding  goodwill  amortization)
divided by average  assets fell to 1.26% for the year ended  December  31, 1999,
from 1.35% for the prior year.  Excluding the 1998  merger-related  charge,  the
efficiency  ratio  improved to 40.16% for 1999,  from 43.35% in 1998.  Operating
expenses  are  expected  to  increase  in the  future,  however,  as the Company
undertakes  a planned  upgrade  of branch  operations  in 2000.  The  Company is
currently interviewing vendors and evaluating hardware and software solutions to
facilitate teller platform automation, including document preparation and online
signature verification. These upgrades are intended to enhance customer service,
streamline  the  account  opening  process,  reduce  printing  costs and provide
improved security and research capabilities. The Company anticipates the cost of
such  upgrades  will  approximate  $2.0  million,  to be  amortized  over  their
estimated useful lives.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  Net income for the year ended December 31, 1998 was $19.5
million,  or $0.46 basic and diluted  earnings per share.  This  represented  an
increase  of $4.5  million,  or  30.2%,  over the net  income  of $15.0  million
reported  for 1997.  Basic and  diluted  earnings  per share in 1997 were $0.35.
Earnings  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1998,   excluding  the  one-time
merger-related  charges of $1.7 million (net of tax),  were $21.2 million,  with
basic  and  diluted  earnings  per share of $0.51 and  $0.50,  respectively.  In
addition to the one-time merger-related charges, the 1998 year was also affected
by two  other  non-recurring  items.  The Bank  realized  an  after-tax  gain of
$687,000  on the  sale of  deposits  and an  after-tax  charge  of  $149,000  in
conjunction with a voluntary  retirement  incentive program.  Net income for the
year ended December 31, 1998,  excluding  these three items,  was $20.7 million,
with basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.49 and $0.48, respectively.  The
earnings  for 1997 were  affected by an  after-tax  charge of $867,000 due to an
impairment  writedown  of the core deposit  intangible.  Net income for the year
ended December 31, 1997, excluding this charge, was $15.8 million.

INTEREST  INCOME  Interest  income  increased  $9.9 million,  or 9.1%, to $119.2
million for the year ended  December  31, 1998,  compared to $109.2  million for
1997. The average  balance of loans  increased to $792.2 million for 1998,  from
$679.7 million for 1997,  primarily due to loan  originations  of $347.6 million
exceeding  principal  repayments  and sales of $231.0  million.  The decrease in
interest rates in 1998,  particularly  long-term rates, resulted in a decline in
the yield on the portfolio of 29 basis points to 7.75% for 1998,  from 8.04% for
1997. The lower interest rate environment  allowed  borrowers to refinance their
existing  loans at lower rates.  This  situation  partially  contributed  to the
increased  originations  in 1998.  In addition,  the decrease in interest  rates
negatively  affected the  repricing of ARM loans as these loans reprice based on
external indices.

The decrease in the average  balance of the MBS portfolio to $206.0  million for
the year ended  December 31, 1998,  compared to $408.0 million for 1997, was due
to the transfer of $181.8 million from MBS held to maturity to MBS available for
sale on April 30, 1998. Yields on investment securities declined 48 basis points
to 6.41% for 1998,  compared to 6.89% for 1997, due primarily to higher yielding
investments being called and rates on replacement  securities having lower rates
than those that were called.  In  addition,  the average


                                       13
<PAGE>


balance of investment  securities had a higher  proportion of Federal funds sold
in 1998. These Federal fund investments primarily consisted of net proceeds from
the stock offering. The increase in the average balance of investments available
for sale to $554.2  million for the year ended  December 31,  1998,  compared to
$236.2  million  for 1997,  was due to the  transfer  of $181.8  million  of MBS
previously  discussed  and the  classification  of all  1998 MBS  purchases  and
virtually all 1998  investment  security  purchases as available  for sale.  The
level of such  purchases  was high as the funds from the 1998  conversion  stock
offering were deployed,  in addition to an increase in purchases  funded through
borrowings.  The yield on this  portfolio  decreased 8 basis points to 6.30% for
1998, compared to 6.38% for 1997, as higher yielding instruments prepaid or were
called.

INTEREST  EXPENSE  Interest  expense  increased $1.8 million,  or 2.9%, to $65.4
million for the year ended  December  31,  1998,  compared to $63.6  million for
1997.  The average  balance of total deposits of $1.2 billion for the year ended
December 31, 1998 included the sale of the Eatontown  branch office in February,
1998,  and the  withdrawal  of  funds  by  customers  to  purchase  stock in the
conversion stock offering in April, 1998. Management  concentrated on increasing
the level of core accounts and decreasing  certificate  accounts as a percentage
of overall deposits. The increase in the average balance of NOW and money market
accounts to $308.6  million for the year ended  December 31,  1998,  from $281.0
million for the same period in 1997,  reflected this  strategy.  The decrease in
the average  balance of savings of $7.1  million to $177.3  million for the year
ended  December  31, 1998,  from $184.4  million for 1997 was  primarily  due to
customers  transferring their accounts to higher-yielding money market accounts.
The average balance of certificates decreased $2.9 million to $719.6 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998,  from $722.5  million for 1997,  with a slight
decrease  in the cost to 5.48% for 1998,  compared  to 5.49% for 1997.  Although
external  rates  decreased  over the period,  competition  from other  financial
institutions kept rates on certificates of deposit  comparably high. The Company
elected to offer  certificate rates that were competitive but lower than certain
area  competition.  This decision caused a mild outflow of funds and prevented a
further  increase in the overall cost of  certificates.  The average  balance of
non-interest  bearing  deposits  increased $9.1 million to $35.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998,  from $26.2 million for the same period in 1997 as
management  concentrated on attracting business checking accounts.  The increase
in the average  balance of this  category,  along with an overall  shift to less
costly  deposits,  combined  to reduce the  overall  cost of deposits by 9 basis
points to 4.26% for 1998, compared to 4.35% for 1997.

The increase in the average  balance of borrowed funds to $217.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998,  from $177.8 million for 1997 was  attributable to
management's  continuing  strategy to fund the  purchase of  investment  and MBS
available  for sale  through  the use of  borrowed  funds,  where  accretive  to
earnings.  The decrease in cost of borrowings to 5.77% for 1998,  from 6.04% for
1997, was due to decreased interest rates.

NET INTEREST  INCOME Net interest  income  increased $8.1 million,  or 17.7%, to
$53.8  million for the year ended  December 31, 1998,  compared to $45.7 million
for 1997.  The increase was due primarily to an increase in the average  balance
of interest earning assets to $1.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 1998,
from $1.5  billion in 1997,  partially  offset by a decrease  in the yield of 26
basis points to 7.04% for 1998,  from 7.30% for 1997.  In addition,  the cost of
interest-bearing  liabilities  decreased by nine basis points to 4.48% for 1998,
from 4.57% for 1997. Net interest  spread  decreased 20 basis points to 2.44% in
1998,  from 2.64% in 1997.  This was offset by an increase  in the net  interest
margin of 13 basis points to 3.18% in 1998, compared to 3.05% in 1997.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES The provision for loan losses increased  $269,000,  or
22.4%,  to $1.5 million for the year ended  December 31, 1998,  compared to $1.2
million for 1997.  The increase in the  provision  was  primarily due to the net
growth of the loan portfolio.  Net loans increased  $138.9 million for 1998. The
provision  was  based  upon  management's  review  and  evaluation  of the  loan
portfolio,  level of delinquencies,  general market and economic  conditions and
asset classification review.

OTHER OPERATING INCOME Other operating income,  consisting  primarily of deposit
product fees,  loan  servicing fees and gains and losses on loans and securities
sold,  increased  $1.3  million,  or 38.8%,  to $4.7  million for the year ended
December 31, 1998,  compared to $3.4 million for 1997.  Fees and service charges
increased  $171,000,  or 8.0%,  to $2.3 million for the year ended  December 31,
1998,  compared to $2.1 million for 1997. The increase was due primarily to fees
generated on a higher number of


                                       14
<PAGE>


demand deposit  accounts.  Net gain on loans and  securities  available for sale
increased $117,000,  or 19.7%, to $710,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998,
as compared to $593,000 for 1997. Securities sold in 1998 primarily consisted of
MBS available for sale which, management believed,  contained exceptionally high
prepayment  risk. The primary reason for the overall increase in other operating
income was the pre-tax gain on the sale of deposits of $1.1 million.

OPERATING EXPENSES Operating expenses increased $2.4 million,  or 9.8%, to $26.6
million for the year ended  December  31,  1998,  compared to $24.2  million for
1997. The increase was mainly attributable to the merger-related charges of $2.1
million  included  in general  and  administrative  expenses.  Compensation  and
employee  benefits  increased $1.4 million,  or 11.3%,  to $13.6 million for the
year ended  December 31, 1998,  compared to $12.2 million for 1997. The increase
in  compensation  and  benefits  was  primarily  due to the  increased  expenses
associated with the cost of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the  compensation
cost  associated  with  three new branch  offices  and a  cost-of-living  salary
increase.  Occupancy  expense  decreased  $120,000,  or 5.4%, to $2.1 million in
1998,  compared to $2.2 million in 1997,  primarily due to the decreased cost of
operations of the new corporate  headquarters for First Savings Bank, versus the
three separate  administration centers in operation in 1997. The 1997 period was
also  slightly  inflated as it included  costs of the move to the new  corporate
center.  Amortization  of  intangibles  decreased  $1.3  million,  or 60.4%,  to
$850,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1998,  from $2.1 million for 1997.  An
impairment  writedown of the core deposit  intangible  totaling $1.3 million was
recognized  in 1997 with  respect to  deposits  acquired  from the RTC.  Similar
writedowns  were not  required  in 1998.  General  and  administrative  expenses
increased  $2.4 million,  or 62.8%,  to $6.3 million for the year ended December
31, 1998,  compared to $3.9 million for 1997.  The increase was due primarily to
the merger-related  charge of $2.1 million.  This charge resulted from the Pulse
acquisition  and consisted  primarily of  professional  fees and  services.  The
increase in this caption, excluding this item, was $309,000, or 8.0%.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's  liquidity is a measure of its ability to generate sufficient cash
flows  to  meet  all  of  its  current  and  future  financial  obligations  and
commitments.  The Company's primary sources of funds are deposits; proceeds from
principal  and  interest  payments  on loans and MBS;  sales of  loans,  MBS and
investments   available  for  sale;  maturities  of  investment  securities  and
short-term  investments;  and, to an increasing  extent,  borrowed funds.  While
maturities and scheduled  amortization of loans and MBS are a predictable source
of funds,  deposit  flows and mortgage  prepayments  are greatly  influenced  by
interest rates, economic conditions, and competition.

The  primary  investing  activity of the  Company is the  origination  of loans.
During the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, the Company  originated
loans in the  amounts of $351.5  million,  $347.6  million  and $174.7  million,
respectively.   The  Company  also  purchased  loans  and   mortgage-backed  and
investment  securities  to reduce excess  liquidity  not otherwise  utilized for
lending  activities.  Purchases of mortgage loans totaled $57.5  million,  $26.8
million and $19.8  million in 1999,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Purchases of
MBS, including those available for sale, totaled $372.9 million,  $398.8 million
and $242.1 million in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Purchases of investment
securities,  including those available for sale, totaled $131.4 million,  $312.1
million and $61.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.  Other investing  activities included investment in FHLB-NY stock.
The investing  activities were funded primarily by principal repayments on loans
and MBS of $441.9 million, $445.7 million and $240.1 million for the years ended
December 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Additionally,  proceeds  from
sales and/or calls of mortgage-backed and investment  securities totaling $384.9
million, $219.5 million and $137.2 million for 1999, 1998 and 1997, and maturing
investment  securities  totaling  $135.0 million and $45.0 million for the years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively,  provided additional liquidity.
Liquidity  was also  provided  through the sale of loans  totaling $7.2 million,
$14.5 million and $5.0 million for the years ended  December 31, 1999,  1998 and
1997, respectively.

The Company has several other sources of liquidity,  including FHLB-NY advances,
which, at December 31, 1999, totaled $107.0 million,  of which $72.0 million are
due in 2000. If necessary,  the Company has additional  borrowing  capacity with
the  FHLB-NY,  including an  available  overnight  line of credit of up to $50.0
million.  The  Company  also  had  other  borrowings  that  provided  additional
liquidity, totaling $315.0 million at December 31, 1999, $130.0 million of which
are due in 2000.  Other  sources  of  liquidity  are  unpledged  investment  and
mortgage-backed  securities  available  for sale,  totaling  $359.6  million  at
December 31, 1999.

                                       15
<PAGE>


The Bank is required to maintain  minimum  levels of liquid assets as defined by
the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") regulations.  This requirement is based
upon a percentage  of deposits and  short-term  borrowings.  The OTS amended the
regulation  in 1998 to  increase  the type of assets  that  qualify  as  "liquid
assets" and to reduce the required  percentage.  The required  minimum ratio was
4.00% at December 31, 1999 and 1998. The Bank's liquidity ratios were 36.49% and
40.23% at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.  The Bank's liquid assets at
December 31, 1999,  consisted of cash and cash equivalents,  and most investment
and mortgage-backed  securities (excluding securities that have been pledged for
other borrowings).  The level of these assets depends upon the Bank's operating,
financing and  investing  activities  during any given  period.  At December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997,  cash,  cash  equivalents,  and investments  qualifying for
liquidity  purposes  totaled $488.3 million,  $369.3 million and $319.4 million,
respectively.

The Company anticipates that it will have sufficient funds available to meet its
current  commitments.  At December  31,  1999,  the Company had  commitments  to
originate  and purchase  mortgage  loans of $116.1  million and  commitments  to
purchase mortgage-backed and investment securities of $22.0 million. The Company
is  obligated  to pay $1.6  million  under its lease  agreements  for branch and
administrative  facilities,  of which $364,000 is due in 2000.  Certificates  of
deposit which are scheduled to mature in one year or less totaled $513.8 million
at December 31, 1999.  Based upon historical  experience,  management  estimates
that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with the Company.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

The  consolidated  financial  statements  and notes  presented  herein have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  ("GAAP"),
which require the  measurement  of financial  position and operating  results in
terms of  historical  dollars  without  considering  the changes in the relative
purchasing power of money due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected
in the  increased  cost of the  Company's  operations.  Unlike  most  industrial
companies,  nearly all of the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary
in nature.  As a result,  interest  rates have a greater impact on the Company's
performance  than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates
do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price
of goods and services.

YEAR 2000

Issues  surrounding  the Year 2000  arose  out of the fact  that  many  computer
programs  used only two digits to  identify a year in the date  field.  Computer
hardware  and  software  that had not been  made Year 2000  ready  would  likely
interpret "00" as year 1900,  rather than year 2000. The Company  adopted a Year
2000  Compliance  Plan and  established a Year 2000  Compliance  Committee  with
members of senior  management  from all operating  areas to identify and address
all issues  related to the century date change.  As  recommended  by the Federal
Financial  Institutions  Examination  Council,  the Year  2000  Compliance  Plan
encompassed the following phases: Awareness, Assessment,  Renovation, Validation
and  Implementation.  These phases  entailed the  identification  of risks,  the
development  of an action  plan,  the  performance  of adequate  testing and the
completion of certification that the Company's processing systems were Year 2000
compliant.  As of December 31, 1999, all phases of the plan were completed.  The
Company's  operations  continued to function  through and after the century date
change,  and the Company has experienced no Year  2000-related  customer service
disruptions to date.

The direct costs specifically  attributable to Year 2000 compliance included the
engagement  of  consultants  and the hiring of  temporary  help to  address  the
additional  workload created by the Year 2000 compliance  process.  In addition,
the Company conducted a Customer Awareness Campaign to educate consumers on Year
2000 issues,  which incurred certain  expenses.  The Company expensed $92,000 in
1998 and $175,000 in 1999 as a result of Year 2000 readiness  preparations.  The
Company projects additional Year 2000-related  expense of approximately  $75,000
to be incurred in the first quarter of 2000.

All disclosures  concerning the Year 2000 date change should be considered "Year
2000 Readiness  Disclosure"  pursuant to the Year 2000 Information and Readiness
Disclosure  Act. The Year 2000  information  provided  herein  should be read in
conjunction with the Year 2000  Information and Readiness  Disclosure Act which,
among other things,  mandates that certain Year 2000 readiness  disclosures  may
not be used in litigation.

                                       16
<PAGE>


MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates.
The Company's  market risk arises  primarily from interest rate risk inherent in
its lending,  investment and deposit activities.  The Company's profitability is
affected by fluctuations in interest rates. A sudden and substantial increase in
interest  rates may adversely  impact the Company's  earnings to the extent that
the  interest  rates borne by assets and  liabilities  do not change at the same
speed, to the same extent or on the same basis. To that end, management actively
monitors and manages its interest rate risk exposure.

The  principal  objective of the Company's  interest rate risk  management is to
evaluate the interest  rate risk  inherent in certain  balance  sheet  accounts,
determine the level of risk appropriate given the Company's  business  strategy,
operating  environment,  capital  and  liquidity  requirements  and  performance
objectives, and manage the risk consistent with the Board of Directors' approved
guidelines.   Through  such  management,  the  Company  seeks  to  minimize  the
vulnerability  of its  operations  to changes in interest  rates.  The Company's
Board of Directors reviews the Company's interest rate risk position  quarterly.
The Company's  Asset/Liability  Committee is comprised of the  Company's  senior
management under the direction of the Board of Directors, with senior management
responsible  for  reviewing  with the  Board of  Directors  its  activities  and
strategies, the effect of those strategies on the Company's net interest margin,
the market value of the portfolio and the effect that changes in interest  rates
will have on the Company's  portfolio and its exposure limits. In addition,  the
Company has established an Asset/Liability Strategy Committee, a subcommittee of
the   Asset/Liability   Committee,   which  is  charged  with  establishing  and
maintaining  a  monitoring  system  for  all  marketing  initiatives,  providing
management  reports,   and  formulating  and  recommending   strategies  to  the
Asset/Liability Committee.

The Company utilizes the following  strategies to manage interest rate risk: (1)
emphasizing the  origination  and retention of fixed-rate  mortgage loans having
terms to maturity of not more than 22 years,  adjustable-rate loans and consumer
loans consisting primarily of home equity loans and lines of credit; (2) selling
substantially  all  fixed-rate  conforming  mortgage  loans with terms of thirty
years  without  recourse  and  on  a  servicing-retained  basis;  (3)  investing
primarily  in  adjustable-rate  MBS,  which may  generally  bear lower yields as
compared to longer term  investments,  but which better position the Company for
increases in market interest rates, and holding the majority of these securities
as available  for sale;  and (4) also  investing in U.S.  government  and agency
securities  that have call  features  which,  historically,  have  significantly
decreased  the  duration  of such  securities.  The Company  currently  does not
participate  in  hedging  programs,  interest  rate  swaps or  other  activities
involving the use of off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments, but may
do so in the future to mitigate interest rate risk.

NET PORTFOLIO  VALUE  ("NPV") The NPV is defined as the current  market value of
assets, minus the current market value of liabilities, plus or minus the current
value of off-balance sheet items and is a measurement of the Company's  exposure
to interest  rate risk  ("IRR").  The Company's  interest  rate  sensitivity  is
monitored by  management  through the use of an IRR model which  measures IRR by
modeling the change in NPV over a range of interest rate scenarios. The OTS also
produces a similar analysis using its own model,  based on data submitted on the
Bank's quarterly Thrift Financial Reports, the results of which will likely vary
from the  results  provided  by the  Company's  model.  The  reasons  for  these
variances are primarily due to utilization of consolidated versus Bank-only data
and differences in assumptions  utilized,  including loan  prepayment  rates and
deposit decay rates.

The OTS uses, as a critical point, a change of plus or minus 200 basis points in
order  to set its  "normal"  institutional  results  and peer  comparisons.  The
greater the change, positive or negative, in NPV, the more interest rate risk is
assumed to exist within the institution.

                                       17
<PAGE>


The  following  tables list the Company's  percentage  change in NPV assuming an
immediate  change of plus or minus of up to 300 basis  points  from the level of
interest rates at December 31, 1999 and 1998, as calculated by the Company.  All
market risk  instruments  presented in these tables are available for sale.  The
Company has no trading or held to maturity securities.

(Dollars in thousands)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Changes In                                        NPV as a % of Portfolio
    Interest Rates           Net Portfolio Value             Value of Assets
       In Basis    -------------------------------------------------------------
        Points                                            NPV
     (Rate Shock)    Amount       Change    % Change      Ratio      Change (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         +300      $ 78,589    $(101,580)       (56)%       4.70%        (515)
         +200       118,406      (61,763)       (34)        6.84         (300)
         +100       152,266      (27,903)       (15)        8.54         (130)
         Static     180,169           --         --         9.85           --
         -100       209,898       29,729         17        11.16          132
         -200       218,513       38,344         21        11.43          158
         -300       218,275       38,106         21        11.28          143
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Changes In                                        NPV as a % of Portfolio
    Interest Rates           Net Portfolio Value             Value of Assets
       In Basis    -------------------------------------------------------------
        Points                                            NPV
     (Rate Shock)    Amount       Change    % Change      Ratio      Change (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        +300       $ 232,371    $(89,614)      (28)%      11.97%       (462)
        +200         270,095     (51,890)      (16)       13.92        (267)
        +100         304,631     (17,354)       (5)       15.70         (89)
        Static       321,985          --        --        16.59          --
        -100         346,584      24,599         8        17.86         127
        -200         336,826      14,841         5        17.36          76
        -300         319,458      (2,527)       (1)       16.46         (13)

(1)  Expressed in basis points.

Some  of  the  interest  rate  risk  measurements  detailed  above  represent  a
significant change from the results obtained at December 31, 1998. Stockholders'
equity has decreased at December 31, 1999, compared with 1998 as a result of the
Company's ongoing capital management  initiatives and the increase in unrealized
holding losses on investment and mortgage-backed  securities available for sale.
This  reduction  in  equity  has  resulted  in  corresponding  decreases  in the
Company's  NPV in each range of the analysis.  In addition,  changes in discount
rates based on current market conditions have also affected the Company's NPV in
each range of the analysis. Rising interest rates and competitive pressures have
caused a narrowing  of the interest  rate spread at December 31, 1999,  and this
compression  is reflected in the valuation of loan,  deposit and borrowing  cash
flows.

Certain  shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest
rate risk  measurements.  Modeling changes in NPV requires the making of certain
assumptions  which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual  yields and
costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the NPV model
presented  assumes that the  composition  of the  Company's  interest  sensitive
assets and  liabilities  existing at the beginning of a period remains  constant
over the period being  measured,  assumes  that a particular  change in interest
rates is reflected  uniformly  across the yield curve regardless of the duration
to maturity or repricing of specific  assets and  liabilities  and also does not
consider  the  Company's   strategic  plans.   Accordingly,   although  the  NPV
measurements  and net  interest  income  models  provide  an  indication  of the
Company's  interest  rate risk  exposure  at a  particular  point in time,  such
measurements  are not  intended to and do not provide a precise  forecast of the
effect of changes in market  interest rates on the Company's net interest income
and will differ from actual results.

                                       18
<PAGE>


FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

                                                             December 31,
                                                     --------------------------
ASSETS                                                     1999         1998
                                                     --------------------------
Cash and due from banks                                 $   11,532   $   22,831
- -----------------------------------------------------
Federal funds sold                                          19,075       14,800
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total cash and cash equivalents                           30,607       37,631
- -----------------------------------------------------
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB-NY)
  stock, at cost                                            18,100       12,852
- -----------------------------------------------------
Investment securities available for sale                   213,590      242,197
- -----------------------------------------------------
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale              575,159      661,881
- -----------------------------------------------------
Loans receivable, net                                    1,016,116      854,697
- -----------------------------------------------------
Interest and dividends receivable                           12,278       13,556
- -----------------------------------------------------
Premises and equipment, net                                 16,503       16,481
- -----------------------------------------------------
Excess of cost over fair value of net
  assets acquired                                            7,106        7,956
- -----------------------------------------------------
Other assets                                                15,237        7,807
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total assets                                          $1,904,696   $1,855,058
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Liabilities

Deposits                                                $1,213,724   $1,268,119
- -----------------------------------------------------
Borrowed funds                                             422,000      264,675
- -----------------------------------------------------
Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance                8,385        6,969
- -----------------------------------------------------
Other liabilities                                           16,007       15,476
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total liabilities                                      1,660,116    1,555,239
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments and contingencies (note 13)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Preferred stock; authorized 10,000,000 shares;
  issued and outstanding-none                                   --           --
- -----------------------------------------------------
Common stock, $.01 par value,
  85,000,000 shares authorized;
  43,106,742 and 38,443,350 shares
  issued and outstanding in 1999 and
  43,105,497 and 42,675,397 shares
  issued and outstanding in 1998                               431          431
- -----------------------------------------------------
Paid-in capital                                            200,781      201,105
- -----------------------------------------------------
Retained earnings                                          117,922      112,601
- -----------------------------------------------------
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income              (17,302)       2,498
- -----------------------------------------------------
Common stock acquired by the Employee Stock
  Ownership Plan (ESOP)                                    (12,156)     (13,073)
- -----------------------------------------------------
Common stock acquired by the Recognition
  and Retention Plan (RRP)                                  (3,867)         (79)
- -----------------------------------------------------
Treasury stock (4,628,604 and 430,100 common
  shares in 1999 and 1998, respectively)                   (41,229)      (3,664)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total stockholders' equity                            244,580      299,819
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total liabilities and
       stockholders' equity                             $1,904,696   $1,855,058
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       19
<PAGE>

FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                         ---------------------------------------
Interest Income                               1999          1998          1997
                                         ---------------------------------------
  Loans                                  $    68,656   $    61,431   $    54,635
- ---------------------------------------
  Mortgage-backed securities                      --        13,774        27,607
- ---------------------------------------
  Investment securities                           --         9,032        11,942
- ---------------------------------------
  Investment and mortgage-backed
    securities available for sale             54,732        34,936        15,057
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest income                    123,388       119,173       109,241
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense

Deposits:
  NOW and money market demand                  9,395         9,008         8,315
- ---------------------------------------
  Savings                                      3,931         4,431         4,819
- ---------------------------------------
  Certificates of deposit                     33,900        39,429        39,685
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest expense-deposits           47,226        52,868        52,819
- ---------------------------------------
  Borrowed funds                              17,780        12,518        10,739
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest expense                    65,006        65,386        63,558
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income                       58,382        53,787        45,683
- ---------------------------------------
Provision for loan losses                      1,650         1,469         1,200
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income after provision
      for loan losses                         56,732        52,318        44,483
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other operating income
  Fees and service charges                     2,498         2,316         2,145
- ---------------------------------------
  Net gain on sales of loans
    and securities                               684           710           593
- ---------------------------------------
  Other, net                                     449         1,670           645
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total other operating income               3,631         4,696         3,383
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating expenses
  Compensation and benefits                   13,698        13,604        12,228
- ---------------------------------------
  Occupancy                                    2,225         2,119         2,239
- ---------------------------------------
  Equipment                                    1,672         1,946         1,979
- ---------------------------------------
  Advertising                                  1,086           978           982
- ---------------------------------------
  Federal deposit insurance premium              765           759           756
- ---------------------------------------
  Amortization / writedowns
    of intangibles                               850           850         2,144
- ---------------------------------------
  General and administrative                   4,260         6,321         3,882
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total operating expenses                  24,556        26,577        24,210
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Income before income tax expense          35,807        30,437        23,656
- ---------------------------------------
Income tax expense                            12,155        10,944         8,686
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net income                           $    23,652   $    19,493   $    14,970
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic earnings per share                 $      0.60   $      0.46   $      0.35
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per share               $      0.59   $      0.46   $      0.35
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding - Basic                     39,464,227    41,983,776    42,510,823
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding - Diluted                   40,207,600    42,694,287    43,216,999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       20
<PAGE>

FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Accumulated
                                                                            Other      Common     Common
                                                                        Comprehensive  Stock       Stock                   Total
                                      Common      Paid In      Retained     Income    Acquired    Acquired   Treasury  Stockholders'
                                       Stock      Capital      Earnings     (Loss)     by ESOP     by RRP      Stock       Equity
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996          $   464    $  43,252    $ 105,447    $   (232)   $   (646)   $  (286)   $(16,677)   $ 131,322
- ------------------------------------
Comprehensive income:
  Net income for the year ended
    December 31, 1997                      --           --       14,970          --          --         --          --       14,970
- ------------------------------------
  Other comprehensive income:
    Unrealized holding gains arising
      during the period
      (net of tax of $1,066)               --           --           --       1,895          --         --          --        1,895
- ------------------------------------
    Reclassification adjustment
      for gains in net income
      (net of tax of $(207))               --           --           --        (368)         --         --          --         (368)
- ------------------------------------                                                                                       --------
Total comprehensive income                                                                                                   16,497
- ------------------------------------                                                                                       --------
Issuance of 10% stock dividend              4       15,425      (15,429)         --          --         --          --           --
- ------------------------------------
Cash in lieu of fractional shares          --           (9)          --          --          --         --          --           (9)
- ------------------------------------
Cash dividends ($0.11 per share)           --           --       (3,802)         --          --         --          --       (3,802)
- ------------------------------------
Amortization of RRP                        --           --           --          --          --        103          --          103
- ------------------------------------
Amortization of ESOP                       --           --           --          --         100         --          --          100
- ------------------------------------
Exercise of stock options                   2          680           --          --          --         --          --          682
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1997              470       59,348      101,186       1,295        (546)      (183)    (16,677)     144,893
- ------------------------------------
Comprehensive income:
  Net income for the year ended
    December 31, 1998                      --           --       19,493          --          --         --          --       19,493
- ------------------------------------
  Other comprehensive income:
    Unrealized holding gains
      arising during the period
      (net of tax of $898)                 --           --           --       1,595          --         --          --        1,595
- ------------------------------------
    Reclassification adjustment
      for gains in net income
      (net of tax of $(221))               --           --           --        (392)         --         --          --         (392)
- ------------------------------------                                                                                       --------
Total comprehensive income                                                                                                   20,696
- ------------------------------------                                                                                       --------
Cash dividends ($0.15 per share)           --           --       (7,250)         --          --         --          --       (7,250)
- ------------------------------------
Equity adjustment for conforming
  of annual reporting periods              --           --         (828)         --          --         --          --         (828)
- ------------------------------------
Net proceeds from stock offering
  and conversion                           --      162,232           --          --          --         --          --      162,232
- ------------------------------------
Adjustment for reorganization
  of Mutual Holding Company                --        1,577           --          --          --         --          --        1,577
- ------------------------------------
Exercise of stock options                  11        1,581           --          --          --         --          --        1,592
- ------------------------------------
Purchase of stock for ESOP                 --           --           --          --     (13,240)        --          --      (13,240)
- ------------------------------------
Purchases of treasury stock                --           --           --          --          --         --     (10,728)     (10,728)
- ------------------------------------
Retirement of treasury stock              (50)     (23,691)          --          --          --         --      23,741           --
- ------------------------------------
Amortization of RRP                        --           --           --          --          --        104          --          104
- ------------------------------------
Amortization of ESOP                       --           58           --          --         713         --          --          771
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1998              431      201,105      112,601       2,498     (13,073)       (79)     (3,664)     299,819
- ------------------------------------
Comprehensive income:
  Net income for the year ended
    December 31, 1999                      --           --       23,652          --          --         --          --       23,652
- ------------------------------------
  Other comprehensive loss:
    Unrealized holding losses
      arising during the period
      (net of tax of $(10,882))            --           --           --     (19,346)         --         --          --      (19,346)
- ------------------------------------
    Reclassification adjustment
      for gains in net income
      (net of tax of $(255))               --           --           --        (454)         --         --          --         (454)
- ------------------------------------                                                                                       --------
Total comprehensive income                                                                                                    3,852
- ------------------------------------                                                                                       --------
Cash dividends declared
  ($0.37 per share)                        --           --      (14,392)         --          --         --          --      (14,392)
- ------------------------------------
Exercise of stock options                  --            6       (3,283)         --          --         --       4,766        1,489
- ------------------------------------
Purchase and retirement of
  common stock                             --         (299)          --          --          --         --          --         (299)
- ------------------------------------
Purchases of treasury stock                --           --           --          --          --         --     (48,035)     (48,035)
- ------------------------------------
Transfer of treasury stock to RRP          --           --         (656)         --          --     (5,048)      5,704           --
- ------------------------------------
Amortization of RRP                        --           66           --          --          --      1,260          --        1,326
- ------------------------------------
Amortization of ESOP                       --          (97)          --          --         917         --          --          820
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1999          $   431    $ 200,781    $ 117,922    $(17,302)   $(12,156)   $(3,867)   $(41,229)   $ 244,580
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


                                       21
<PAGE>

FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)                               Year Ended December 31,
                                               --------------------------------
                                                 1999        1998        1997
                                               --------------------------------
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income                                   $ 23,652    $ 19,493    $ 14,970
- ---------------------------------------------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
    to net cash provided by operating
    activities:
    Depreciation of premises and
      equipment                                   1,406       1,240       1,154
- ---------------------------------------------
    Amortization of excess of cost
      over fair value of assets acquired            850         850       2,144
- ---------------------------------------------
    Amortization of ESOP                            820         771         100
- ---------------------------------------------
    Amortization of RRP                           1,260         104         103
- ---------------------------------------------
    Provision for loan losses                     1,650       1,469       1,200
- ---------------------------------------------
    Provision for losses on real
      estate owned                                   28         122         114
- ---------------------------------------------
    Net gain on sales of loans
      and securities                               (684)       (710)       (593)
- ---------------------------------------------
    Loans originated for sale                    (7,259)    (14,386)     (4,708)
- ---------------------------------------------
    Proceeds from sales of mortgage
      loans available for sale                    7,234      14,483       5,011
- ---------------------------------------------
    Net gain on sales of real estate owned           (1)       (153)       (160)
- ---------------------------------------------
    Investment securities purchased
      for trading                                    --          --      (1,989)
- ---------------------------------------------
    Proceeds from sales of investment
      securities held for trading                    --          --       1,971
- ---------------------------------------------
    Net amortization of premiums and
      accretion of discounts and
      deferred fees                                (168)      1,869        (693)
- ---------------------------------------------
    Decrease (increase) in interest
      and dividends receivable                    1,278      (1,090)       (524)
- ---------------------------------------------
    (Decrease) increase in other
      liabilities                                (5,173)      5,353      (1,311)
- ---------------------------------------------
    Decrease (increase) in other assets           2,720      (2,002)      1,812
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by operating
      activities                                 27,613      27,413      18,601
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash flows from investing activities
  Proceeds from sales and calls of
    investment securities available for sale    144,123     140,727      10,128
- ---------------------------------------------
  Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed
    securities available for sale               240,788      78,752     127,058
- ---------------------------------------------
  Proceeds from sales of real estate owned        2,375       3,443       3,765
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchases of investment securities
    available for sale                         (131,356)   (226,583)    (33,481)
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchases of mortgage-backed securities
    available for sale                         (372,883)   (393,292)   (187,986)
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchases of investment securities                 --     (85,501)    (28,062)
- ---------------------------------------------
  Maturities of investment securities                --     135,010      44,996
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchases of mortgage-backed securities            --      (5,541)    (54,117)
- ---------------------------------------------
  Principal payments on mortgage-backed
    securities                                  203,929     229,144     123,968
- ---------------------------------------------
  Origination of loans                         (344,286)   (333,166)   (170,021)
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchases of mortgage loans                   (57,459)    (26,784)    (19,809)
- ---------------------------------------------
  Principal repayments on loans                 237,927     216,549     116,113
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchase of FHLB-NY stock                      (5,248)     (2,032)       (849)
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchases of premises and equipment            (1,428)     (3,435)     (3,972)
- ---------------------------------------------
  Proceeds from sale of fixed assets                 --         124          --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash used in investing activities       (83,518)   (272,585)    (72,269)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash flows from financing activities
  Net proceeds from stock offering                   --     163,809          --
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchase of ESOP shares                            --     (13,240)         --
- ---------------------------------------------
  Equity adjustment for conforming
    of annual reporting periods                      --        (828)         --
- ---------------------------------------------
  Stock options exercised                         1,489       1,592         682
- ---------------------------------------------
  Cash dividends paid                            (8,620)     (7,250)     (3,802)
- ---------------------------------------------
  Net (decrease) increase in deposits           (54,395)     40,815      38,128
- ---------------------------------------------
  Net increase in borrowed funds                157,325      78,010      33,750
- ---------------------------------------------
  Net increase in advances by borrowers
    for taxes and insurance                       1,416         720       1,021
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchase of treasury stock                    (48,035)    (10,728)         --
- ---------------------------------------------
  Purchase and retirement of
    common stock                                   (299)         --          --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash provided by financing
      activities                                 48,881     252,900      69,779
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net (decrease) increase in cash
      and cash equivalents                       (7,024)      7,728      16,111
- ---------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
  of year                                        37,631      29,903      13,792
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year       $ 30,607    $ 37,631    $ 29,903
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Supplemental disclosures of cash
  flow information
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest                                   $ 63,251    $ 64,906    $ 63,018
- ---------------------------------------------
    Income taxes                                 15,332       8,106       2,436
- ---------------------------------------------
  Non cash investing and financing
    activities for the year:
    Transfer of loans to real estate owned        1,415       3,349       1,419
- ---------------------------------------------
    Transfer of investment and
      mortgage-backed securities from held
      to maturity to available for sale              --     361,191          --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       22
<PAGE>

FIRST SENTINEL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following is a description of the more significant  accounting policies used
in preparation of the accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements of First
Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company").

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION The consolidated  financial statements are comprised
of the accounts of the Company and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  First Savings
Bank, SLA (the "Bank") and the Bank's wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  FSB Financial
Corp.  and 1000  Woodbridge  Center  Drive,  Inc. All  significant  intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT  PRESENTATION The consolidated financial statements
have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

On December 18, 1998, the Company acquired Pulse Bancorp,  Inc. ("Pulse").  Each
share of Pulse was converted into 3.764 shares of the Company's  common stock. A
total of 12,066,631 shares were issued, including 800,000 treasury stock shares,
to complete the  transaction.  The  acquisition has been accounted for under the
pooling-of-interests  method  of  accounting  and  accordingly,   the  Company's
consolidated financial statements include the accounts and activity of Pulse for
all periods  presented.  Prior to the combination,  Pulse's fiscal year ended on
September 30. In recording the  transaction,  Pulse's  results of operations for
fiscal years ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997 and  financial  condition as of
September  30, 1997 were combined with the  Company's  calendar  years.  Pulse's
results of operations  through  December 31, 1998 were included as an adjustment
in the consolidated  statements of stockholders'  equity. As part of the merger,
Pulse adopted the Company's reporting period, and an $828,000 reduction was made
to stockholders' equity to include Pulse's operations for the three months ended
December  31,  1998.

In preparing the consolidated  financial  statements,  management is required to
make estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and
liabilities  as of the date of the balance  sheet and  revenues and expenses for
the period.  Actual  results could differ  significantly  from those  estimates.

Material  estimates that are particularly  susceptible to significant  change in
the near term relate to the  determination  of the allowance for loan losses and
the valuation of real estate  acquired in  connection  with  foreclosures  or in
satisfaction of loans. In connection with the determination of the allowance for
loan losses, management generally obtains independent appraisals for significant
properties.

COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME  Comprehensive income is divided into net income and other
comprehensive  income.  Other  comprehensive  income  includes items  previously
recorded  directly to equity,  such as unrealized gains and losses on securities
available  for sale.  Comprehensive  income  is  presented  in the  consolidated
statements of stockholders' equity.

CASH  AND CASH  EQUIVALENTS  Cash and  cash  equivalents  include  cash on hand,
amounts due from  depository  institutions  and Federal  funds sold.  Generally,
Federal funds sold are sold for a one-day period.

INVESTMENT AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES  Management determines the appropriate
classification  of investment and mortgage-backed securities as either available
for  sale,  held to  maturity,  or  trading  at the  purchase  date.  Securities
available  for  sale  include  debt,   mortgage-backed   and  marketable  equity
securities  that are held for an  indefinite  period  of time and may be sold in
response to changing market and interest rate  conditions.  These securities are
reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included as
a separate component of stockholders'  equity. Upon realization,  such gains and
losses will be included in earnings using the specific identification method.

Trading account securities are adjusted to market value through earnings.  Gains
and losses from adjusting  trading  account  securities to market value and from
the sale of these  securities  are included in  noninterest  income.  Investment
securities  and  mortgage-backed  securities,  other  than those  designated  as
available  for sale or trading,  are carried at  amortized  historical  cost and
consist of those  securities for which there is a positive intent and ability to
hold to maturity.  All securities are adjusted for  amortization of premiums and
accretion of discounts using the level-yield  method over the estimated lives of
the securities.

                                       23
<PAGE>


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF NEW YORK STOCK   The Bank, as a member of the FHLB-NY,
is required  to  hold shares of capital  stock in the FHLB-NY in an amount equal
to 1% of the Bank's outstanding  balance of residential  mortgage loans or 5% of
its outstanding advances from the FHLB-NY, whichever is greater.

LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET Loans receivable, other than loans available for sale, are
stated at the unpaid  principal  balance,  net of premiums,  unearned discounts,
net deferred loan  origination  and commitment  fees, and the allowance for loan
losses.

Loans are classified as non-accrual when they are past due 90 days or more as to
principal  or  interest,   or  where   reasonable  doubt  exists  as  to  timely
collectibility.  If,  however,  a loan meets the above  criteria,  but a current
appraisal of the property  indicates that the total outstanding  balance is less
than 55% of the appraised  value and in the process of  collection,  the loan is
not  classified  as  non-accrual.  At the time a loan is placed  on  non-accrual
status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest
income. Interest received on non-accrual loans is generally credited to interest
income for the current  period.  If principal and interest  payments are brought
contractually current and future collectibility is reasonably assured, loans are
returned to accrual  status.  Discounts  are accreted and premiums  amortized to
income using the level yield method over the estimated lives of the loans.  Loan
fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred,  and the net fee or
cost is  recognized  in interest  income  using the level yield  method over the
contractual life of the individual loans, adjusted for actual prepayments.

The Company has defined the population of impaired  loans to be all  non-accrual
commercial  real  estate,  multi-family  and  land  loans.  Impaired  loans  are
individually  assessed to  determine  that the loan's  carrying  value is not in
excess of the fair value of the  collateral  or the present  value of the loan's
expected  future  cash  flows.   Smaller  balance  homogeneous  loans  that  are
collectively  evaluated for impairment,  such as residential  mortgage loans and
installment  loans, are specifically  excluded from the impaired loan portfolio.
Income  recognition  policies  for  impaired  loans are the same as  non-accrual
loans.

Loans  available  for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market  using the
aggregate method. Valuation adjustments, if applicable, are reflected in current
operations.   Gains  and  losses  on  sales  are  recorded  using  the  specific
identification method.  Management determines the appropriate  classification of
loans as either  held to  maturity  or  available  for sale at  origination,  in
conjunction with the Company's overall asset/liability management strategy.

The majority of the  Company's  loans are secured by real estate in the State of
New Jersey. Accordingly, as with most financial institutions in the market area,
the  collectibility  of a  substantial  portion  of the  carrying  value  of the
Company's  loan  portfolio  and real estate owned is  susceptible  to changes in
market conditions.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES The allowance for loan losses is based on management's
evaluation  of the adequacy of the  allowance,  including an assessment of known
and inherent  risks in the  portfolio,  review of  individual  loans for adverse
situations that may affect the borrower's  ability to repay, the estimated value
of any underlying  collateral and consideration of current economic  conditions.
Additions  to the  allowance  arise  from  charges  to  operations  through  the
provision  for loan losses or from the  recovery of amounts  previously  charged
off. The allowance is reduced by loan charge-offs.

Management  believes  that the  allowance  for loan  losses is  adequate.  While
management  uses  available  information  to recognize  losses on loans,  future
additions  to the  allowance  may be  necessary  based on  changes  in  economic
conditions  in the  Company's  market  area.  In  addition,  various  regulatory
agencies, as an integral part of their examination process,  periodically review
the Company's  allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require the Company
to  recognize  additions  to  the  allowance  based  on  their  judgments  about
information available to them at the time of their examination.

REAL ESTATE  OWNED,  NET Real estate  owned is recorded at the fair value at the
date of  acquisition,  with a charge to the  allowance  for loan  losses for any
excess of cost over fair value.  Subsequently,  real estate  owned is carried at
the lower of cost or fair  value,  as  determined  by current  appraisals,  less
estimated selling costs. Certain costs incurred in preparing properties for sale
are capitalized,  and expenses of holding  foreclosed  properties are charged to
operations as incurred.

EXCESS OF COST OVER FAIR  VALUE OF NET ASSETS  ACQUIRED  The excess of cost over
fair value of net assets  acquired from the acquisition of deposits is amortized
to expense over the expected  life of the acquired  deposit base (7 to 15 years)
using the straight-line  method. Core deposit studies regarding the retention of
the deposits  acquired are  performed by the Company on an annual  basis.  After
reviewing  the results of the core  deposit  studies,  a  writedown  of the core
deposit  premium may be  recognized  if the current  balance of the core deposit
premium is overstated.  The Company  recognized an impairment  writedown of $1.3
million for the year ended  December 31, 1997.  No  impairment  writedowns  were
required  in 1999 or  1998.

                                       24
<PAGE>


PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements,
are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and depreciation. Depreciation
and amortization are computed using the straight-line  method over the estimated
useful lives,  ranging from three years to forty years depending on the asset or
lease.   Repair  and  maintenance   items  are  expensed  and  improvements  are
capitalized.  Upon  retirement  or  sale,  any  gain  or  loss  is  recorded  in
operations.

INCOME TAXES The Company  accounts  for income taxes  according to the asset and
liability  method.  Under this method,  deferred tax assets and  liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequences  attributable to differences  between
the financial  statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their  respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are measured
using the enacted tax rates  applicable to taxable income for the years in which
those temporary  differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.

EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT PLANS Pension plan costs,  based on actuarial  computation  of
current and future benefits for employees, are charged to expense and are funded
based on the  maximum  amount  that  can be  deducted  for  Federal  income  tax
purposes.

The  Company  accrues  the  expected  cost of  providing  health  care and other
benefits  to  employees  subsequent  to their  retirement  during the  estimated
service periods of the employees.

The  Company  applies  the  "intrinsic  value  based  method"  as  described  in
Accounting  Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued
to Employees,"  and related  interpretations  in accounting for its  stock-based
compensation.  The  Company  has  provided  in the  notes  to  the  consolidated
financial  statements,  the pro forma  disclosures as if the Company had adopted
the fair value method of  accounting  for the issuance of stock  options.  Stock
awarded to employees  under the Company's  Recognition  and  Retention  plans is
expensed by the  Company  over the awards'  vesting  period  based upon the fair
market  value of the  stock  on the date of the  grant.  Stock  committed  to be
released to employees under the Bank's ESOP is expensed at fair market value.

EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income
by the daily  average  number of common  shares  outstanding  during the period.
Diluted  earnings per share is computed  similarly  to basic  earnings per share
except that the  denominator  is increased  to include the number of  additional
common shares that would have been outstanding if all potential  dilutive common
shares were issued utilizing the treasury stock method.  All share and per share
amounts  have been  restated  for stock  dividends  and  splits,  as well as the
Reorganization described in note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(Dollars in thousands,                    -------------------------------------
  except per share data):                       1999        1998        1997
                                          -------------------------------------
Net income                                $    23,652  $    19,493  $    14,970
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic weighted average
  common shares outstanding                39,464,227   41,983,776   42,510,823
- ---------------------------------------
Plus:
Dilutive stock options                        384,069      658,941      685,738
- ---------------------------------------
Dilutive awards                               359,304       51,570       20,438
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted weighted average
  common shares outstanding                40,207,600   42,694,287   43,216,999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income per common share:
Basic                                        $   0.60     $   0.46     $   0.35
- ---------------------------------------
Diluted                                          0.59         0.46         0.35
- ---------------------------------------

RECLASSIFICATIONS  Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1998 and 1997
amounts to conform to the 1999 presentation.

(2)  REORGANIZATION AND STOCK ISSUANCE

On April 8, 1998,  the Company and First Savings  Bancshares,  MHC,  completed a
conversion and reorganization  into the stock holding company structure and also
completed the offering of the common stock of First Sentinel Bancorp,  Inc., the
new stock  holding  company of the Bank.  Through a  Subscription  and Community
Offering,  the Company raised $165.6 million in gross proceeds.  Shares of First
Savings Bank, SLA were converted into shares of First Sentinel Bancorp,  Inc. at
an  exchange  ratio of 3.9133.  A total of  16,550,374  shares  were  sold,  and
14,820,016  shares were  converted into First  Sentinel  Bancorp stock.  All per
share data has been restated for the 3.9133  conversion  ratio.

                                       25
<PAGE>

(3)  INVESTMENT SECURITIES

A summary of  investment  securities at December 31 is as follows (in
thousands):
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                        1999
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                  Gross       Gross    Estimated
                                     Amortized  unrealized  unrealized   market
                                        cost      gains       losses     value
                                     ------------------------------------------
Investment Securities Available
  For Sale
U.S. Government and Agency
  obligations                          $155,173   $   --     $(8,363)   $146,810
- -----------------------------------
State and political obligations          16,976       --      (1,270)     15,706
- -----------------------------------
Corporate obligations                    45,917       --      (5,493)     40,424
- -----------------------------------
Equity securities                        11,149       --        (499)     10,650
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities
  available for sale                   $229,215   $   --    $(15,625)   $213,590
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                        1998
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                  Gross       Gross    Estimated
                                     Amortized  unrealized  unrealized   market
                                        cost      gains       losses     value
                                     ------------------------------------------
Investment Securities Available
  For Sale
U.S. Government and Agency
  obligations                          $197,635   $1,127     $  (231)   $198,531
- -----------------------------------
State and political obligations           6,900      109         (37)      6,972
- -----------------------------------
Corporate obligations                    13,414       97        (236)     13,275
- -----------------------------------
Equity securities                        24,071      114        (766)     23,419
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities
  available for sale                   $242,020   $1,447     $(1,270)   $242,197
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The cost and estimated fair value of debt investment  securities at December 31,
1999,  by  contractual  maturity,  are  shown  below  (in  thousands).  Expected
maturities may differ from contractual  maturities  because issuers may have the
right to call or repay obligations at par value without prepayment penalties.

                                                                       Estimated
                                                      Amortized          market
                                                         cost            value
Investment Securities Available For Sale             ---------------------------
Due in:
    Less than one year                                 $ 10,462         $ 10,439
- ---------------------------------------------------
    One to five years                                    44,591           43,141
- ---------------------------------------------------
    Five to ten years                                    89,982           85,350
- ---------------------------------------------------
    Greater than ten years                               73,031           64,010
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $218,066         $202,940
                                                     ---------------------------

The realized gross gains and losses from sales are as follows (in thousands):

                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                            ------------------------------------
                                             1999           1998           1997
                                            ------------------------------------
Gross realized gains                        $ 247          $ 348          $ 184
- ----------------------------------------
Gross realized losses                        (209)            (3)           (84)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $  38          $ 345          $ 100
                                            ------------------------------------

Investment  securities  with an amortized  cost of $93.4 million at December 31,
1999, are pledged as collateral for other  borrowings.  Pursuant to a collateral
agreement  with the FHLB-NY,  all  otherwise  unpledged,  qualifying  investment
securities,  including  those available for sale, are pledged to secure advances
from the FHLB-NY (see note 9).

Investment  securities  held to maturity with an amortized cost of $10.0 million
and a net unrealized gain of $169,000 were transferred to investment  securities
available for sale during 1998.  These  securities were  transferred to increase
the overall level of liquidity  and improve the ability to manage  interest rate
risk. As part of the Pulse acquisition in December,  1998, investment securities
of $68.2  million with a

                                       26
<PAGE>


net  unrealized  gain of $126,000  were  transferred  to  investment  securities
available for sale at the date of the merger. The securities were transferred to
conform  to the  Company's  existing  interest  rate risk  position  and  credit
policies.  The Company expects to classify all securities purchases as available
for sale in the foreseeable future.

(4)  MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

A summary  of  mortgage-backed  securities  at  December  31 is as  follows  (in
thousands):

                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                        1999
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                    Amortized   unrealized  unrealized   market
                                       cost        gains      losses     value
                                    --------------------------------------------
Mortgage-backed Securities
  Available For Sale
FHLMC                               $ 168,557    $    226   $ (1,746)   $167,037
- ----------------------------------
GNMA                                   58,018         477       (276)     58,219
- ----------------------------------
FNMA                                   86,540          47     (1,571)     85,016
- ----------------------------------
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations                         273,453         276     (8,842)    264,887
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total mortgage-backed
  securities available for sale     $ 586,568    $  1,026   $(12,435)   $575,159
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                        1998
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                    Amortized   unrealized  unrealized   market
                                       cost        gains      losses     value
                                    --------------------------------------------
Mortgage-backed Securities
  Available For Sale
FHLMC                               $ 237,571    $  2,198   $   (817)   $238,952
- ----------------------------------
GNMA                                   71,537       1,386       (151)     72,772
- ----------------------------------
FNMA                                  139,477         947       (202)    140,222
- ----------------------------------
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations                         209,570         898       (533)    209,935
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total mortgage-backed
  securities available for sale     $ 658,155    $  5,429   $ (1,703)   $661,881
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Collateralized  mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs") issued by FHLMC,  FNMA, GNMA and
private interests  amounted to $158.3 million,  $27.2 million,  $7.0 million and
$72.4 million,  respectively,  at December 31, 1999, and $103.7  million,  $46.8
million, $3.1 million and $56.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 1998. The
privately  issued CMOs have  generally  been  underwritten  by large  investment
banking  firms,  with the timely  payment of  principal  and  interest  on these
securities  supported  (credit  enhanced) in varying degrees by either insurance
issued by a  financial  guarantee  insurer,  letters of credit or  subordination
techniques.  Substantially all such securities are "AAA" rated by one or more of
the nationally recognized securities rating agencies.  The privately-issued CMOs
are subject to certain  credit-related  risks normally not associated  with U.S.
Government  Agency  CMOs.  Among  such  risks  is the  limited  loss  protection
generally  provided by the  various  forms of credit  enhancements  as losses in
excess of certain levels are not protected.  Furthermore, the credit enhancement
itself is subject to the credit worthiness of the enhancer. Thus, in the event a
credit  enhancer  does not  fulfill  its  obligations,  the CMO holder  could be
subject to risk of loss similar to a purchaser of a whole loan pool.  Management
believes that the credit  enhancements  are adequate to protect the Company from
losses  and  has,  therefore,  not  provided  an  allowance  for  losses  on its
privately-issued  CMOs.

The realized gross gains and losses from sales are as follows (in thousands):

                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                            -----------------------------------
                                               1999          1998          1997
                                            -----------------------------------
Gross realized gains                        $ 1,387         $ 338         $ 528
- ------------------------------------------
Gross realized losses                          (716)          (70)          (53)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $   671         $ 268         $ 475
                                            -----------------------------------

Mortgage-backed  securities  with an amortized  cost of $371,000 at December 31,
1999,  were pledged as  collateral to secure  deposits  held for  municipalities
within the State of New Jersey.  Mortgage-backed  securities  with an  amortized
cost of $251.4  million at December 31, 1999,  were  pledged as  collateral  for
other  borrowings.  Pursuant to a collateral  agreement  with the  FHLB-NY,  all
otherwise unpledged, qualifying mortgage-backed securities are pledged to secure
advances  from  the  FHLB-NY  (see  note  9).  The  contractual   maturities  of
mortgage-backed  securities  generally  exceed ten years,  however the effective
lives are expected to be shorter due to prepayments of the underlying mortgages.

                                       27
<PAGE>


Mortgage-backed  securities  held to maturity  with an amortized  cost of $181.8
million  and  a  net  unrealized  gain  of  $2.3  million  were  transferred  to
mortgage-backed securities available for sale during 1998. These securities were
transferred  to increase the overall  level of liquidity and improve the ability
to manage  interest  rate risk.  As part of the Pulse  acquisition  in December,
1998, mortgage-backed securities of $101.3 million with a net unrealized gain of
$1.1 million were transferred to mortgage-backed  securities  available for sale
at the date of the merger.  The  securities  were  transferred to conform to the
Company's existing interest rate risk position and credit policies.  The Company
expects to classify all  mortgage-backed  securities  purchases as available for
sale in the foreseeable future.

(5)  LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET

A summary of loans receivable at December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

                                                      -------------------------
                                                           1999          1998
                                                      -------------------------
Real estate mortgages:
  One- to four-family                                 $   768,747     $ 649,272
- ----------------------------------------------------
  Multi-family and commercial                             109,320        82,658
- ----------------------------------------------------
  Home equity                                              98,324        82,671
- ----------------------------------------------------
  FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed                             6,111         8,012
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          982,502       822,613

Real estate construction                                   54,889        65,161
- ----------------------------------------------------
Consumer                                                   16,638        17,818
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total loans receivable                              1,054,029       905,592
- ----------------------------------------------------
Loans in process                                          (27,999)      (41,812)
- ----------------------------------------------------
Net unamortized premium and deferred expenses               1,090           422
- ----------------------------------------------------
Allowance for loan losses                                 (11,004)       (9,505)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Loans receivable, net                             $ 1,016,116     $ 854,697
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  Company  serviced  loans for others in the amount of $81.9  million,  $87.6
million and $93.7  million at December  31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.
Related  servicing income earned on loans serviced for others totaled  $202,000,
$237,000  and $288,000  for the years ended  December  31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.

Loans in the  amount  of $1.2  million  and $2.4  million  were  outstanding  to
directors and  executive  officers of the Company at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively.  During 1999,  new extensions of credit to directors and executive
officers of the Company totaled  $419,000 and repayments by such persons totaled
$1.6  million.  The loans  consist  primarily  of loans  secured by mortgages on
residential properties.

The  Company  has  pledged,  under  a  blanket  assignment,  its  unpledged  and
qualifying  mortgage portfolio to secure advances from the FHLB-NY (see note 9).

A summary of non-performing  assets at December 31 is as follows (in thousands):


                                                           ---------------------
                                                             1999           1998
                                                           ---------------------
Non-accrual loans                                          $2,356         $2,740
- --------------------------------------------------------
Loans 90 days or more delinquent
  and still accruing                                          326          1,525
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total non-performing loans                                  2,682          4,265
- --------------------------------------------------------
Real estate owned
  (included in Other assets)                                  466          1,453
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total non-performing assets                                $3,148         $5,718
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

At December 31, 1999 and 1998, the impaired loan portfolio  totaled  $42,000 and
$734,000,  respectively,  for which  general  and  specific  allocations  to the
allowance  for loan losses of $33,000 and $175,000  were  identified at December
31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

The average  balance of impaired loans during 1999,  1998 and 1997 was $222,000,
$373,000 and  $654,000,  respectively.  If interest  income on  non-accrual  and
impaired  loans had been  current  in  accordance  with  their  original  terms,
approximately  $197,000,  $311,000 and $629,000 of interest income for the years
ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively,  would have been recorded.
Interest income  recognized on non-accrual and impaired loans totaled  $108,000,
$145,000  and $227,000  for the years ended  December  31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively. At December 31, 1999, there were no commitments to lend additional
funds to borrowers whose loans are classified as non-performing.

                                       28
<PAGE>


An analysis of the allowance for loan
losses for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in  thousands):

                                             ----------------------------------
                                                 1999         1998         1997
                                             ----------------------------------
Balance at beginning of year                 $  9,505      $ 8,454      $ 7,781
- --------------------------------------------
Provision charged to operations                 1,650        1,469        1,200
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               11,155        9,923        8,981

Charge-offs                                      (151)        (596)        (527)
- --------------------------------------------
Recoveries                                         --           28           --
- --------------------------------------------
Allowance activity of Pulse
  during conforming  period,  net                  --          150           --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year                       $ 11,004      $ 9,505      $ 8,454
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(6)  INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS RECEIVABLE

A summary of interest and dividends  receivable at December 31 is as follows (in
thousands):

                                                           ---------------------
                                                              1999          1998
                                                           ---------------------
Loans                                                      $ 5,055       $ 4,585
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Investment securities                                        3,260         4,064
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Mortgage-backed securities                                   3,963         4,907
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Interest and dividends  receivable                       $12,278       $13,556
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(7)  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Premises and equipment at December 31 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

                                                        ------------------------
                                                            1999           1998
                                                        ------------------------
Land                                                    $  3,870       $  3,870
- -------------------------------------------------------
Buildings and improvements                                14,227         12,969
- -------------------------------------------------------
Leasehold improvements                                     1,361          1,354
- -------------------------------------------------------
Furnishings, equipment and automobiles                     7,788          6,934
- -------------------------------------------------------
Construction in progress                                      67            794
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total                                                   27,313         25,921
- -------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated depreciation and amortization                (10,810)        (9,440)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Premises and equipment, net                           $ 16,503       $ 16,481
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(8)  DEPOSITS

Deposits at December 31 are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             ---------------------------------------      ------------------------------------
                                              1999                                         1998
                             ---------------------------------------      ------------------------------------
                                             Interest      Weighted                      Interest     Weighted
                                               rate         average                        rate       average
                                Amount        ranges          rate          Amount        ranges        rate
                             ---------------------------------------      ------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>           <C>                <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>
Non-interest bearing demand  $    43,744            --%         --%       $   41,012            --%       --%
- ----------------------------
NOW and money market             354,908      0 - 3.22        2.63           340,423      0 - 3.20      2.92
- ----------------------------
Savings                          165,593      0 - 5.16        2.27           172,910      0 - 2.25      2.50
- ----------------------------
Certificates of deposit          649,479   2.57 - 7.72        4.96           713,774   2.00 - 9.34      5.48
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             $ 1,213,724      0 - 7.72%       3.73%       $1,268,119      0 - 9.34%     4.21%
                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The scheduled  maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 1999 are as
follows (in thousands):

One year or less                                                        $513,839
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
After one to two  years                                                   70,398
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
After two to three years                                                  24,346
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
After three to four years                                                 12,605
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
After four to five years                                                  15,599
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
After five years                                                          12,692
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        $649,479
                                                                        --------

Included in deposits at December 31, 1999 and 1998 are $92.6  million and $117.4
million,  respectively,  of deposits  of $100,000  and over,  and  $414,000  and
$493,000, respectively, of accrued interest payable on deposits.

                                       29
<PAGE>


(9)  BORROWED FUNDS

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK-NEW  YORK ADVANCES  Advances from the FHLB-NY at December
31 are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

                             --------------------------------------------------
                                     1999                         1998
                             --------------------------------------------------
                                            Weighted                    Weighted
                                            average                     average
                                            interest                    interest
Contractual maturity          Amount          rate          Amount        rate
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999                         $     --           --%        $ 6,000         5.87%
- ---------------------------
2000                           72,000         6.12           2,000         5.76
- ---------------------------
2002                            5,000         6.58           5,000         5.69
- ---------------------------
2003                           25,000         5.14          25,000         5.14
- ---------------------------
2009                            5,000         5.52              --           --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             $107,000         5.88%        $38,000         5.36%
                             --------------------------------------------------

The Company has entered into FHLB-NY  advances  that have call features that may
be exercised by the FHLB-NY at predetermined  dates. Such advances totaled $15.0
million at December 31, 1999 and 1998.  The maximum  amount of FHLB-NY  advances
outstanding  at any month-end  during the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998
was $139.3  million  and $50.8  million,  respectively.  The  average  amount of
FHLB-NY advances  outstanding  during the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998
was $70.9  million and $24.1  million,  respectively.  At December  31, 1999 and
1998, $65.0 million and $5.0 million of FHLB-NY  advances had adjustable  rates,
respectively.

Advances  from the  FHLB-NY  are  secured by  pledges of FHLB-NY  stock of $18.1
million and $12.9  million at December  31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively,  and a
blanket  assignment  of the  Company's  unpledged,  qualifying  mortgage  loans,
mortgage-backed securities and investment securities.  Such loans and securities
remain under the control of the Company.

The Company  has an  available  overnight  line of credit with the FHLB-NY for a
maximum of $50.0 million at December 31, 1999.

OTHER  BORROWINGS The following is a summary of other  borrowings at December 31
(dollars in thousands):

                            ---------------------------------------------------
                                     1999                         1998
                            ---------------------------------------------------
                                            Weighted                    Weighted
                                            average                     average
                                            interest                    interest
Contractual maturity          Amount          rate          Amount        rate
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999                        $     --           --%        $ 63,000         5.73%
- ---------------------------
2000                         130,000         5.75           28,675         5.93
- ---------------------------
2001                              --           --           15,000         5.05
- ---------------------------
2002                          30,000         5.49           20,000         5.70
- ---------------------------
2003                          10,000         4.70           25,000         4.83
- ---------------------------
2004                          60,000         5.82           20,000         5.36
- ---------------------------
2008                          55,000         5.12           55,000         5.09
- ---------------------------
2009                          30,000         5.64               --           --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            $315,000         5.58%        $226,675         5.42%
                            ---------------------------------------------------

The maximum amount of other  borrowings  outstanding at any month-end during the
years ended  December 31, 1999 and 1998 was $315.0  million and $269.2  million,
respectively.  The average  amount of other  borrowings  outstanding  during the
years ended  December 31, 1999 and 1998 was $254.6  million and $192.7  million,
respectively.  Securities  underlying other borrowings included  mortgage-backed
and  investment  securities,  which had an amortized  cost of $344.8 million and
$191.4  million,  and market  values of $335.7  million  and  $192.1  million at
December 31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  The securities  underlying the other
borrowing  agreements are under the Company's control.  At December 31, 1999 and
1998, $180.5 million and $165.2 million,  respectively,  of other borrowings are
callable  at  defined  dates  and  at  the  lender's  discretion  prior  to  the
contractual  maturity  of  the  borrowings.


                                       30
<PAGE>


(10) REGULATORY MATTERS

Capital distributions, in the form of any dividend paid or other distribution in
cash or in kind,  are  limited by the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS").  A
"Tier 1"  association,  which is  defined  as an  association  that has  capital
immediately prior to a proposed capital distribution that is equal to or greater
than the amount of its fully  phased-in  capital  requirement,  is authorized to
make capital  distributions  during a calendar  year up to the higher of 100% of
its net income to date  during  the  calendar  year plus the  amount  that would
reduce by one-half its surplus  capital  ratio at the  beginning of the calendar
year,  or 75% of its net income over the most recent  four-quarter  period.  The
Bank is a Tier 1 association.

OTS  regulations  require  savings  institutions  to maintain  minimum levels of
regulatory  capital.  Under the  regulations  in effect at December 31, 1999 and
1998,  the Bank was required to maintain a minimum ratio of tangible  capital to
total adjusted assets of 1.5%; a minimum ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to total
adjusted  assets  of  3.0%;  a  minimum  ratio  of  Tier  1  (core)  capital  to
risk-weighted   assets  of  4.0%  and  a  minimum   ratio  of  total  (core  and
supplementary) capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%.

Under the prompt  corrective  action  regulations,  the OTS is  required to take
certain supervisory actions and may take additional  discretionary  actions with
respect to an  undercapitalized  institution.  Such actions  could have a direct
material  effect on the  institution's  financial  statements.  The  regulations
establish a framework for the  classification of savings  institutions into five
categories:   well  capitalized,   adequately   capitalized,   undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized,  and critically undercapitalized.  Generally, an
institution  is considered  well  capitalized  if it has a Tier 1 (core) capital
ratio of at least 5.0%; a Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio of at least 6.0%; and
a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures
of assets,  liabilities and certain  off-balance sheet items as calculated under
regulatory  accounting  practices.  Capital amounts and classifications are also
subject to  qualitative  judgments  by the OTS about  capital  components,  risk
weightings and other factors.

Management  believes  that,  as of December 31,  1999,  the Bank met all capital
adequacy  requirements  to which it was  subject.  Further,  the most recent OTS
notification  categorized the Bank as a well capitalized  institution  under the
prompt  corrective action  regulations.  There have been no conditions or events
since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's capital
classification.

The following is a summary of the Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios as of
December  31,  1999 and  1998,  compared  to the OTS  minimum  capital  adequacy
requirements and the OTS requirements for  classification  as a well capitalized
institution (dollars in thousands):

                                                        OTS Requirements
                                                --------------------------------
                                                                       For
                                                                  Classification
                                                Minimum Capital      as  Well
                              Bank Actual          Adequacy        Capitalized
                            ---------------     ---------------   --------------
                             Amount   Ratio     Amount   Ratio    Amount   Ratio
                            ---------------     ---------------   --------------
December 31, 1999:
Tangible capital           $194,702   10.25%   $28,501    1.50%  $    --     --%
- --------------------------
Tier 1 (core) capital       194,702   10.25     57,003    3.00    95,005    5.00
- --------------------------
Risk-based capital:
     Tier 1                 194,702   24.14     32,265    4.00    48,398    6.00
- --------------------------
     Total                  204,796   25.39     64,531    8.00    80,663   10.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

December 31, 1998:
Tangible capital           $221,184   12.15%   $27,298    1.50%  $    --     --%
- --------------------------
Tier 1 (core) capital       221,184   12.15     54,597    3.00    90,995    5.00
- --------------------------
Risk-based capital:
     Tier 1                 221,184   31.75     27,866    4.00    41,804    6.00
- --------------------------
     Total                  229,901   33.00     55,738    8.00    69,673   10.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       31
<PAGE>


(11) INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense applicable to income for the years ended December 31 consists
of the following (in thousands):

                                      ------------------------------------------
                                          1999              1998            1997
                                      ------------------------------------------
Federal:
Current                               $ 13,043          $ 11,273          $7,156
- ------------------------------------
Deferred                                  (974)             (727)            813
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        12,069            10,546           7,969
                                      ------------------------------------------

State:
Current                                     17               458             676
- ------------------------------------
Deferred                                    69               (60)             41
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            86               398             717
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      $ 12,155          $ 10,944          $8,686
                                      ------------------------------------------

The  effective tax rates for years ended  December 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997 were
34.0%, 36.0% and 36.7%, respectively.

A  reconciliation  between  the  effective  income  tax  expense  and the amount
computed by multiplying the applicable statutory federal income tax rate for the
years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

                                            ----------------------------------
                                                1999         1998         1997
                                            ----------------------------------
Income before income taxes                  $ 35,807      $30,437     $ 23,656
- --------------------------------------------
Applicable statutory federal tax rate             35%          35%          35%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Computed "expected" federal income
  tax expense                                 12,532       10,653        8,280
- --------------------------------------------
Increase in federal income tax
  expense resulting from:
  State income taxes, net of federal benefit      56          259          468
- --------------------------------------------
  Other items, net                              (433)          32          (62)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $ 12,155      $10,944     $  8,686
                                            ----------------------------------

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to a significant portion
of  deferred  tax assets  and  liabilities  at  December  31 are as follows  (in
thousands):

                                                          ----------------------
                                                             1999           1998
                                                          ----------------------
Deferred Tax Assets
Provision for loan losses-book                            $ 3,851         $3,512
- --------------------------------------------------------
Unrealized loss on securities
  available for sale                                        9,732             --
- --------------------------------------------------------
Postretirement benefits                                       468            413
- --------------------------------------------------------
Tax depreciation less than
  book depreciation                                           132            132
- --------------------------------------------------------
Excess pension expense                                        480            432
- --------------------------------------------------------
Stock awards                                                  162             --
- --------------------------------------------------------
Deferred directors' fees                                       14            129
- --------------------------------------------------------
Excess cost over fair value
  of net assets acquired                                      465            450
- --------------------------------------------------------
Other                                                          76            114
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total deferred tax assets                              15,380          5,182
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deferred Tax Liabilities
Provision for loan losses-tax                                 872          1,128
- --------------------------------------------------------
Unrealized gain on securities
  available for sale                                           --          1,405
- --------------------------------------------------------
Deferred points                                               175            361
- --------------------------------------------------------
Other                                                         170            167
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total deferred tax liabilities                          1,217          3,061
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Net deferred tax asset                            $14,163         $2,121
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       32
<PAGE>


Retained earnings at December 31, 1999 and 1998,  includes  approximately  $18.1
million  for which no  provision  for  income  tax has been  made.  This  amount
represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only.
Events  that would  result in  taxation  of these  reserves  include  failure to
qualify  as a bank  for tax  purposes,  distributions  in  complete  or  partial
liquidation, stock redemptions, excess distributions to shareholders or a change
in  Federal  tax  law.  At  December  31,  1999 and  1998,  the  Company  had an
unrecognized tax liability of $6.5 million with respect to this reserve.

Included  in  other  comprehensive   income  is  income  tax  (benefit)  expense
attributable to net unrealized  (losses) gains on securities  available for sale
in the  amounts of  $(11,137,000),  $677,000  and  $859,000  for the years ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Management has  determined  that it is more likely than not that it will realize
the  deferred  tax assets  based upon the nature and timing of the items  listed
above.  There can be no assurances,  however,  that there will be no significant
differences  in the future  between  taxable  income and pre-tax  book income if
circumstances  change. In order to fully realize the net deferred tax asset, the
Company will need to generate  future taxable  income.  Management has projected
that the Company  will  generate  sufficient  taxable  income to utilize the net
deferred  tax asset;  however,  there can be no  assurance  that such  levels of
taxable income will be generated.

(12) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company is a participant in the Financial  Institutions  Retirement  Fund, a
multi-employer  defined  benefit  plan.  All  employees who attain the age of 21
years and complete one year of service are eligible to participate in this plan.
Retirement  benefits  are based upon a formula  utilizing  years of service  and
average  compensation,  as  defined.  Participants  are  vested  100%  upon  the
completion of five years of service.  Pension  (benefit) expense was $(118,000),
$214,000  and $371,000  for the years ended  December  31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.

Financial   Institutions   Retirement   Fund  does  not  segregate  its  assets,
liabilities or costs by  participating  employer.  Therefore,  disclosure of the
accumulated  benefit  obligations,  plan  assets  and the  components  of annual
pension expense attributable to the Company cannot be ascertained.

The Company has Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans ("SERP"),  which provide
post-employment  supplemental  retirement  benefits  to certain  officers of the
Company. The SERPs are non-qualified employee benefit plans.

The Company has a non-pension  postretirement  benefit plan ("Other  Benefits"),
which provides certain healthcare  benefits to eligible  employees.  The plan is
unfunded  as of  December  31,  1999,  and the  obligation  is included in Other
liabilities as an accrued postretirement benefit cost.

The following  table shows the change in benefit  obligation,  the funded status
for the SERPs and other benefits, and (accrued cost) prepaid benefit at December
31 (in thousands):

                                               SERP            Other Benefits
                                       ------------------    ------------------
                                          1999       1998       1999       1998
                                       ------------------    ------------------
Benefit obligation at
  beginning of year                    $ 1,040    $   865    $ 1,646    $ 1,106
- -------------------------------------
Service cost                                92         80         81         59
- -------------------------------------
Interest cost                               73         60        115         87
- -------------------------------------
Amendments                                  --         --         --         69
- -------------------------------------
Actuarial (gain) loss                     (144)        35        (39)       345
- -------------------------------------
Benefits paid                               --         --        (60)       (20)
- ---------------------------------------------------------    ------------------
Benefit obligation at the
  end of the year                      $ 1,061    $ 1,040    $ 1,743    $ 1,646
- ---------------------------------------------------------    ------------------

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets
  at beginning of year                 $    --    $    --    $    --    $    --
- -------------------------------------
Employer contribution                       --         --         60         20
- -------------------------------------
Benefits paid                               --         --        (60)       (20)
- ---------------------------------------------------------    ------------------
Fair value of plan assets
  at end of year                       $    --    $    --    $    --    $    --
- ---------------------------------------------------------    ------------------

Funded status                          $(1,061)   $(1,040)   $(1,743)   $(1,646)
- -------------------------------------
Unrecognized net transition
  obligation                               614        680         --         --
- -------------------------------------
Unrecognized net actuarial loss             69        225        283        348
- ---------------------------------------------------------    ------------------
Accrued benefit cost                   $  (378)   $  (135)   $(1,460)   $(1,298)
- ---------------------------------------------------------    ------------------

                                       33
<PAGE>


                                               SERP            Other Benefits
                                       ------------------    ------------------
                                          1999       1998       1999       1998
                                       ------------------    ------------------
Weighted average assumptions
  as of December 31:
Discount rate                             8.00%     6.75%       8.00%     6.75%
- -------------------------------------
Rate of compensation increase             5.00%     5.00%       5.00%     5.00%
- -------------------------------------

Net  periodic  cost  at  December  31  includes  the  following  components  (in
thousands):

                                              SERP             Other Benefits
                                      -------------------    ------------------
                                      1999   1998    1997    1999   1998   1997
                                      -------------------    ------------------
Service cost                          $ 92   $ 80   $  75    $ 81   $ 59   $ 61
- -------------------------------------
Interest cost                           73     60      95     115     87     72
- -------------------------------------
Amortization of net
  transition obligation                 66     66      66      --     --     --
- -------------------------------------
Amortization of net
  actuarial loss (gain)                 12      9     (46)     26     85    (34)
- -------------------------------------
Amortization of prior service cost      --     --     347      --     70     --
- ---------------------------------------------------------    ------------------
Net periodic cost                     $243   $215   $ 537    $222   $301   $ 99
- ---------------------------------------------------------    ------------------

For measurement  purposes, a 5 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita
cost of covered  health care benefits was assumed for 1999 and all future years.
Assumed  health  care  trend  rates  have a  significant  effect on the  amounts
reported for the health care plans. A one percentage point change in the assumed
health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in thousands):

                                                             Increase  Decrease
                                                             -------------------
Effect on total of service and interest cost components        $ 43     $ (36)
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Effect on other benefits obligation                             282      (269)
- -----------------------------------------------------------

The Company also  maintains an  incentive  savings plan for eligible  employees.
Employees may make contributions to the plan of 2% to 12% of their compensation.
For the first 6% of the employee's contribution, the Company will contribute 25%
of that  amount to the  employee's  account.  At the end of the plan  year,  the
Company may make an additional contribution to the plan. The contributions under
this plan were $88,000,  $141,000 and $134,000 for the years ended  December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.

RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLANS The Company maintains  Recognition and Retention
Plans  ("RRP") for the benefit of  directors,  officers and key employees of the
Company.  During 1996, the Board of Directors  adopted an Omnibus Incentive Plan
and awarded 21,780 RRP shares following approval by the OTS and stockholders. In
1998, the Board of Directors and  stockholders  approved the granting of 662,014
shares as RRP awards under the 1998 Stock-Based Incentive Plan ("1998 Plan"). As
of December 31, 1999, the Company had granted  641,799 RRP shares under the 1998
Plan.  RRP awards are granted in the form of shares of common  stock held by the
RRP. All RRP awards granted in 1996 have been paid out at December 31, 1999. RRP
awards granted in 1998 are payable over a five-year  period at a rate of 20% per
year, commencing one year from the date of the award grant.  Amortization of the
RRP was $1,260,000, $104,000 and $103,000 for the years ended December 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997. 1999 amortization included $202,000 in accelerated expense due to
the death of one of the Company's directors.

EMPLOYEE  STOCK  OWNERSHIP  PLAN The  Company  maintains  an ESOP  for  eligible
employees  who have  completed  a  twelve-month  period of  employment  with the
Company.  ESOP shares were purchased in each of the Company's public  offerings.
Funds for the  purchase  of  additional  shares  were  borrowed  from the Bank's
parent,  First  Sentinel  Bancorp.  Shares  purchased  by the ESOP are held by a
trustee for allocation among  participants as the loan is paid. The Company,  at
its discretion,  contributes  funds in cash to pay principal and interest on the
ESOP  loan.  The  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  released  each  year is
proportional  to the  amount  of  principal  paid on the ESOP loan for the year.
Dividends  paid  on  unallocated  ESOP  shares  are  used  to  repay  the  loan.
Unallocated  ESOP  shares  are  not  considered   outstanding  for  purposes  of
calculating  earnings  per share.  At December 31,  1999,  there were  1,337,187
unallocated ESOP shares with a market value of $10.4 million.  In 1999 and 1998,
the Company  recognized  compensation  expense based on the fair value of shares
committed to be released.  In 1997, expense was recognized based on the original
cost of shares  allocated.  Compensation  expense  recognized for 1999, 1998 and
1997  amounted to $820,000,  $771,000 and  $100,000,  respectively.  The Company
allocated  100,920,  84,796  and  114,589  shares  during  1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.

                                       34
<PAGE>


STOCK OPTION PLANS The Company  maintains  stock option plans (the  "Plans") for
the benefit of  directors,  officers,  and other key  employees  of the Company.
Options granted under the Plans are exercisable  over a period not to exceed ten
years  from the date of grant.  Under all Plans  originated  prior to 1998,  the
exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company's  stock on
the date of grant. The exercise price for options granted under the 1998 Plan is
the greater of the market price of the  Company's  stock on the date of grant or
$9.00.  The following  table  summarizes the options granted and exercised under
the Plans during the periods  indicated and their  respective  weighted  average
exercise price:

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                            1999                 1998                1997
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                Weighted            Weighted            Weighted
                       Number   average    Number    average    Number   average
                         of     exercise     of     exercise      of    exercise
                       shares    price     shares     price     shares    price
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at
  beginning
  of period          2,840,284   $6.55   1,751,298    $3.12   2,064,540   $2.35
- --------------------
Granted                     --      --   1,702,836     8.88     308,648    4.25
- --------------------
Expired                     --      --     (43,090)    3.69          --      --
- --------------------
Exercised             (542,288)   2.70    (570,760)    2.79    (621,890)   2.10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at
  end of period      2,297,996   $7.55   2,840,284    $6.55   1,751,298   $3.12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options exercisable
  at year-end        1,074,196           1,137,164            1,592,410
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following table summarizes  information about the stock options  outstanding
at December 31, 1999, as adjusted for the effect of stock dividends:

                  Options Outstanding                     Options Exercisable
- ------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                  Weighted
                                   average   Weighted     Number of    Weighted
   Range of          Number       remaining   average       shares      average
   exercise        of shares     contractual  exercise   exercisable    exercise
    prices        outstanding   life in years   price   at period end     price
- ------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------
$2.291 - 2.341        27,640         3.0        $2.33         27,640      $2.33
 3.326 - 4.517       567,520         6.5         3.81        567,520       3.81
 6.642 - 6.908        90,336         8.5         6.77         90,336       6.77
         9.000     1,612,500         9.0         9.00        388,700       9.00
- ------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------
$2.291 - 9.000     2,297,996         8.3        $7.55      1,074,196      $5.90
- ------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------

The Company  applies APB 25 in accounting  for the Plans.  Consistent  with SFAS
123, if  compensation  cost for the Plans was accounted for under the fair value
method,  the  Company's  net income and  earnings  per share for the years ended
December 31 would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below (in
thousands, except per share data):

                                            ------------------------------------
                                                1999         1998         1997
                                            ------------------------------------
Net Income:
As reported                                 $   23,652   $   19,493   $   14,970
- ------------------------------------------
Pro forma                                       22,920       18,762       14,569
- ------------------------------------------

Earnings per share:
Basic earnings per share                    $     0.60   $     0.46   $     0.35
- ------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per share                        0.59         0.46         0.35
- ------------------------------------------
Pro forma basic earnings per share                0.58         0.45         0.34
- ------------------------------------------
Pro forma diluted earnings per share              0.57         0.45         0.34
- ------------------------------------------
Weighted average fair value
  of options granted during year                    --         2.21         2.03
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       35
<PAGE>

The fair value of stock options granted by the Company was estimated through the
use of the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  that takes  into  account  the
following factors as of the grant dates: the exercise price and expected life of
the option,  the market price of the underlying  stock at the grant date and its
expected  volatility,  and the risk-free  interest rate for the expected term of
the option. In deriving the fair value of a stock option, the stock price at the
grant date is reduced by the value of the  dividends  to be paid during the life
of the option. The following  assumptions were used for grants in 1998 and 1997:
dividend yield of 2.35% and 3.00%; an expected  volatility of 20% and 50%; and a
risk-free interest rate of 5.00% and 6.59%.

(13) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

COMMITMENTS

ACQUISITIONS In connection with the Pulse  acquisition,  the Company  recorded a
pre-tax  merger  charge  of  approximately  $5.0  million  in 1998.  The  charge
consisted  primarily  of  severance  payments  and  other  compensation  charges
totaling  $2.4  million and  professional  fees and  services  of $2.1  million.
Approximately  $4.0  million  of the  merger  charges  were paid in 1998 and the
remaining $1.0 million were paid in 1999.

FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND
CONCENTRATIONS  OF CREDIT The Company,  in the normal course of  conducting  its
business,  extends credit to meet the financing  needs of its customers  through
commitments  and letters of credit.

The following  commitments  and  contingent  liabilities  existed at December 31
which are not reflected in the accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements
(in thousands):

                                                           ---------------------
                                                             1999          1998
                                                           ---------------------
Origination of mortgage loans:
  Fixed rate                                               $ 8,904       $21,718
- --------------------------------------------------------
  Variable rate                                             95,434        25,131
- --------------------------------------------------------
Purchase of mortgage loans - variable rate                  10,770         3,526
- --------------------------------------------------------
Undisbursed home equity credit lines                        45,430        37,256
- --------------------------------------------------------
Purchase of investment and
  mortgage-backed securities                                22,046        13,000
- --------------------------------------------------------
Undisbursed construction credit lines                       27,999        41,812
- --------------------------------------------------------
Undisbursed commercial lines of credit                      11,667        12,938
- --------------------------------------------------------
Participations in Thrift Institutions
  Community Investment Corp. of NJ                           1,000         1,400
- --------------------------------------------------------
Standby letters of credit                                    2,856         2,199
- --------------------------------------------------------
Sale of mortgage loans                                          --         1,845
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of
the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The Company uses
the same credit policies and collateral  requirements in making  commitments and
conditional  obligations  as it does  for  on-balance-sheet  loans.  Commitments
generally  have fixed  expiration  dates or other  termination  clauses  and may
require  payment of a fee. Since the  commitments may expire without being drawn
upon, the total  commitment  amounts do not  necessarily  represent  future cash
requirements.  The  Company  evaluates  each  customer's  creditworthiness  on a
case-by-case  basis. The amount of collateral  obtained is based on management's
credit evaluation of the borrower.

The Company  grants  one- to  four-family  first  mortgage  real  estate  loans,
multi-family,  construction loans, and nonresidential first mortgage real estate
loans to borrowers  throughout New Jersey.  Borrowers'  abilities to repay their
obligations are dependent upon various factors,  including the borrowers' income
and net worth, cash flows generated by the underlying  collateral,  value of the
underlying  collateral and priority of the Company's lien on the property.  Such
factors  are  dependent   upon  various   economic   conditions  and  individual
circumstances  beyond the Company's control; the Company is therefore subject to
risk  of  loss.  The  Company  believes  its  lending  policies  and  procedures
adequately  minimize  the  potential  exposure  to such risks and that  adequate
provisions  for loan  losses  are  provided  for all known and  inherent  risks.
Collateral and/or guarantees are required for virtually all loans.

                                       36
<PAGE>


LEASE  OBLIGATIONS  At  December  31,  1999,  the Company  was  obligated  under
noncancellable operating leases for premises and equipment. Rental expense under
these leases aggregated  approximately  $525,000,  $507,000 and $613,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The projected minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 1999, are as follows
(in thousands):

2000                                                                     $  364
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2001                                                                        292
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2002                                                                        286
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2003                                                                        198
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2004                                                                        165
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Thereafter                                                                  269
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         $1,574
                                                                         ------

CONTINGENCIES  The Company is a defendant  in certain  claims and legal  actions
arising in the ordinary  course of business.  Management  is of the opinion that
the  ultimate  disposition  of these  matters  will not have a material  adverse
effect  on  the  Company's   consolidated  financial  condition  or  results  of
operations.

(14) RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1999, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS") No. 137 "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities  - Deferral of the  Effective  Date of FASB
Statement No. 133." This statement amends SFAS No. 133 by delaying the effective
date one year. SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging
Activities,"  establishes  accounting  and reporting  standards  for  derivative
instruments,   including  certain  derivative   instruments  embedded  in  other
contracts, and for hedging activities. It requires recognition of all derivative
instruments  as either  assets or  liabilities  in the  statement  of  financial
position and measurement of those  instruments at fair value.  This statement is
now effective for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal years  beginning after June 15,
2000,  on a prospective  basis.  The adoption of SFAS No. 133 is not expected to
have a material impact on the financial position or the results of operations of
the Company.

(15) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following fair value estimates, methods and assumptions were used to measure
the fair value of each class of financial  instrument  for which it is practical
to estimate that value.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS For such short-term  investments,  the carrying amount
was considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN  BANK-NY  STOCK  Federal Home Loan Bank-NY  stock is valued at
cost.

INVESTMENT AND  MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES  For investment and  mortgage-backed
securities,  fair values were based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes. If
a quoted market price was not available, fair values were estimated using quoted
market prices for similar securities.

LOANS  RECEIVABLE,  NET Fair values were  estimated for portfolios of performing
and  nonperforming  loans with similar  financial  characteristics.  For certain
analogous categories of loans, such as residential mortgages, home equity loans,
non-residential  mortgages,  and consumer loans,  fair value was estimated using
the quoted market prices for securities  backed by similar  loans,  adjusted for
differences in loan  characteristics.  The fair value of other  performing  loan
types was estimated by discounting  the future cash flows using market  discount
rates that reflect the credit,  collateral,  and interest  rate risk inherent in
the loan.

                                       37
<PAGE>


DEPOSITS The fair value of demand  deposits,  savings  deposits and money market
accounts were the amounts  payable on demand at December 31, 1999 and 1998.  The
fair values of  certificates  of deposit were based on the  discounted  value of
contractual  cash flows.  The discount  rate was  estimated  utilizing  the rate
currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

BORROWINGS For short-term borrowings, the carrying amount was considered to be a
reasonable estimate of fair value. For long-term borrowings,  the fair value was
based upon the discounted  value of the cash flows.  The discount rates utilized
were based on rates currently available with similar terms and maturities.

OFF-BALANCE  SHEET  INSTRUMENTS  For commitments to extend credit and letters of
credit,  the fair value would  approximate fees currently  charged to enter into
similar agreements.

The estimated fair values of the Company's financial  instruments at December 31
were as follows (in thousands):

                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                           1999                    1998
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                    Book         Fair        Book        Fair
                                    value        value       value       value
                                  ----------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents         $   30,607  $   30,607  $   37,631  $   37,631
- ---------------------------------
FHLB-NY stock                         18,100      18,100      12,852      12,852
- ---------------------------------
Investment securities
  available for sale                 213,590     213,590     242,197     242,197
- ---------------------------------
Mortgage-backed securities
  available for sale                 575,159     575,159     661,881     661,881
- ---------------------------------
Loans receivable, net              1,016,116     990,633     854,697     862,231
- ---------------------------------

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:
Deposits                           1,213,724   1,213,316   1,268,119   1,272,466
- ---------------------------------
Borrowings                           422,000     415,932     264,675     264,663
- ---------------------------------

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments:
Loan commitments                          --         661          --         152
- ---------------------------------
Standby letters of credit                 --          29          --          21
- ---------------------------------

LIMITATIONS  The foregoing  fair value  estimates were made at December 31, 1999
and  1998,  based on  pertinent  market  data and  relevant  information  on the
financial  instrument.  These  estimates  do not include any premium or discount
that could  result  from an offer to sell,  at one time,  the  Company's  entire
holdings of a particular  financial  instrument  or category  thereof.  Since no
market exists for a substantial portion of the Company's financial  instruments,
fair value estimates were necessarily  based on judgments with respect to future
expected loss  experience,  current  economic  conditions,  risk  assessments of
various financial instruments  involving a myriad of individual  borrowers,  and
other factors.  Given the innately  subjective  nature of these  estimates,  the
uncertainties surrounding them and the matters of significant judgment that must
be applied,  these fair value  estimations  cannot be calculated with precision.
Modifications  in such  assumptions  could  meaningfully  alter these estimates.
Since these fair value  approximations  were made solely for on- and off-balance
sheet  financial  instruments at December 31, 1999 and 1998, no attempt was made
to  estimate  the  value  of  anticipated   future  business  of  the  value  of
nonfinancial  statement assets and liabilities.  Other important  elements which
are not deemed to be financial  assets or  liabilities  include the value of the
Company's  retail  branch  delivery  system,  its existing  core  deposit  base,
premises and equipment, and goodwill.  Further, certain tax implications related
to the  realization of the unrealized  gains and losses could have a substantial
impact on these fair value estimates and have not been  incorporated into any of
the estimates.

                                       38
<PAGE>


(16) CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - PARENT COMPANY

The condensed  financial  statements of First Sentinel  Bancorp  (parent company
only) are presented below:

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION                     December 31,
                                                          ----------------------
(In thousands)                                                1999          1998
                                                          ----------------------
ASSETS
Cash                                                      $ 26,229      $ 29,098
- -------------------------------------------------------
Due from subsidiary                                          2,300         1,700
- -------------------------------------------------------
ESOP loan receivable                                        12,156        13,073
- -------------------------------------------------------
Investment in subsidiaries                                 186,933       229,911
- -------------------------------------------------------
Investment securities available for sale                    21,659        27,164
- -------------------------------------------------------
Other assets                                                 2,011           544
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total assets                                            $251,288      $301,490
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Dividends payable                                         $  5,772      $     --
- -------------------------------------------------------
Other liabilities                                              936         1,671
- -------------------------------------------------------
Stockholders' equity                                       244,580       299,819
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total liabilities and
  stockholders' equity                                    $251,288      $301,490
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME                       Year Ended December 31,
                                                 -------------------------------
(In thousands)                                       1999        1998       1997
                                                 -------------------------------
INCOME
Dividends from subsidiary                        $ 49,400     $13,848    $ 2,146
- ---------------------------------------------
Interest and dividends on securities                1,555       1,767        135
- ---------------------------------------------
Net gain on sales of securities                       179         106         --
- ---------------------------------------------
Other income                                           --           1         12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income                                     51,134      15,722      2,293
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSES
Merger expense                                         --       2,128         --
- ---------------------------------------------
Other expense                                       1,343         306        103
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total expense                                     1,343       2,434        103
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income before taxes                              49,791      13,288      2,190
- ---------------------------------------------
Income taxes                                          543         208         11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income before equity in
  undistributed income
  of subsidiary                                    49,248      13,080      2,179
- ---------------------------------------------
(Dividends in excess of earnings)
  increase in undistributed
  earnings of subsidiary                          (25,596)      6,413     12,791
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income                                     $ 23,652     $19,493    $14,970
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       39
<PAGE>


Condensed Statements of Cash Flows                    Year Ended December 31,
                                                -------------------------------
(In thousands)                                      1999        1998       1997
                                                -------------------------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income                                      $ 23,652   $  19,493   $ 14,970
- ----------------------------------------------
Adjustments to reconcile net
  income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Dividends in excess of earnings
    (increase in undistributed
    earnings of subsidiary)                       25,596      (6,413)   (12,791)
- ----------------------------------------------
  Net gains on sales of investment
    securities available for sale                   (179)       (106)        --
- ----------------------------------------------
  Decrease (increase) in other assets                852        (543)     1,529
- ----------------------------------------------
  (Decrease) increase in
     other liabilities                              (678)      1,618      1,093
- ----------------------------------------------
  Amortization of ESOP                               820         771        100
- ----------------------------------------------
  Amortization of RRP                              1,260         104        103
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash provided by
      operating activities                        51,323      14,924      5,004
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Purchase of investment securities              (20,407)    (47,326)      (824)
- ----------------------------------------------
  Proceeds from sales and maturities
    of investment securities
    available for sale                            22,280      20,405         --
- ----------------------------------------------
  (Increase) decrease in due from subsidiary        (600)        250     (1,000)
- ----------------------------------------------
  Capital contributed to subsidiary Bank              --     (92,869)        --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash provided by (used in)
      investing activities                         1,273    (119,540)    (1,824)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Cash dividends paid                             (8,620)     (7,250)    (3,802)
- ----------------------------------------------
  Net proceeds from stock offering                    --     163,809         --
- ----------------------------------------------
  ESOP stock contribution                             --     (13,240)        --
- ----------------------------------------------
  Equity adjustment for conforming
    of annual reporting periods                       --        (828)        --
- ----------------------------------------------
  Stock options exercised                          1,489       1,592        682
- ----------------------------------------------
  Purchase of treasury stock                     (48,035)    (10,728)        --
- ----------------------------------------------
  Purchase and retirement of
    common stock                                    (299)         --         --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash (used in) provided
      by financing activities                    (55,465)    133,355     (3,120)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net (decrease) increase in cash               (2,869)     28,739         60
- ----------------------------------------------
Cash at beginning of year                         29,098         359        299
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash at end of year                             $ 26,229   $  29,098   $    359
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       40
<PAGE>


(17) QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following  table  contains  quarterly  financial data (dollars in thousands,
except per share data):

Year Ended December 31, 1999             First     Second      Third     Fourth
                                        Quarter    Quarter    Quarter    Quarter
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest income                         $29,944    $30,482    $31,087    $31,875
- ---------------------------------------
Interest expense                         15,912     15,910     16,132     17,052
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income                    14,032     14,572     14,955     14,823
- ---------------------------------------
Provision for loan losses                   450        450        300        450
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income after
    provision for loan losses            13,582     14,122     14,655     14,373
- ---------------------------------------
Other operating income                    1,047      1,003        846        735
- ---------------------------------------
Operating expenses                        6,059      6,306      6,185      6,006
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income before income
    tax expense                           8,570      8,819      9,316      9,102
- ---------------------------------------
Income tax expense                        2,959      2,939      3,164      3,093
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income                            $ 5,611    $ 5,880    $ 6,152    $ 6,009
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic earnings per share                $   .14    $   .15    $   .15    $   .16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per share              $   .13    $   .15    $   .15    $   .16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Year Ended December 31, 1998             First     Second      Third     Fourth
                                        Quarter    Quarter    Quarter    Quarter
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest income                         $27,905    $29,808    $30,159    $31,301
- ---------------------------------------
Interest expense                         16,330     15,879     16,374     16,803
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income                    11,575     13,929     13,785     14,498
- ---------------------------------------
Provision for loan losses                   375        365        352        377
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income after
    provision for loan losses            11,200     13,564     13,433     14,121
- ---------------------------------------
Other operating income                    1,902        739      1,083        972
- ---------------------------------------
Operating expenses                        5,708      6,022      6,165      8,682
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income before income
    tax expense                           7,394      8,281      8,351      6,411
- ---------------------------------------
Income tax expense                        2,693      3,039      2,720      2,492
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income                            $ 4,701    $ 5,242    $ 5,631    $ 3,919
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic and diluted earnings
  per share                             $   .11    $   .13    $   .13    $   .09
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       41
<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


The Board of Directors and Stockholders
First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition
of First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and
1998, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity,
and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First Sentinel
Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1999 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.


KPMG LLP


Short Hills, New Jersey
January 21, 2000

                                       42
<PAGE>


MARKET  INFORMATION FOR COMMON STOCK First Sentinel  Bancorp,  Inc. Common Stock
trades on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol "FSLA."  Newspaper  financial
sections  list the stock as FSLA or FSentBc.  At December 31,  1999,  there were
5,395 holders of record of First  Sentinel's  Common Stock.  The following table
sets  forth the high and low sales  prices  per  share of the  Company's  Common
Stock,  as reported on the Nasdaq  National  Market.  Information  regarding the
Company's  Common  Stock has been  restated  to reflect  the  exchange of 3.9133
shares of the Company's  Common Stock for each  outstanding  share of the common
stock of First Savings Bank in connection with the conversion and reorganization
of First  Savings Bank into the stock holding  company  structure in April 1998.
The  information  has also been  restated  to reflect  the  payment of all stock
dividends and splits.

                         -----------------------------------------------------
                                   1999                       1998
                         -----------------------------------------------------
                                          Dividends                   Dividends
                          High      Low     Paid     High      Low       Paid
                         -----------------------------------------------------
Fourth Quarter           $ 9.00   $ 7.75   $ .060   $ 8.19    $ 7.88    $ .045
- ------------------------
Third Quarter              9.50     7.69     .055    10.00      7.00      .045
- ------------------------
Second Quarter             8.88     7.00     .055    10.94      9.25      .030
- ------------------------
First Quarter              8.75     7.69     .050    13.93     10.48      .030
- ------------------------


                                       43

                        INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT




The Board of Directors
First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc.:


We consent to incorporation  by reference in the Registration  Statement on Form
S-8,  relating to First Sentinel  Bancorp,  Inc.'s 1986 Acquisition Stock Option
Plan, 1993 Acquisition Stock Option Plan and 1997 Acquisition Stock Option Plan,
and the Registration  Statement on Form S-8, relating to First Sentinel Bancorp,
Inc.'s 1998 Stock-Based  Incentive Plan, 1996 Omnibus Incentive Plan, 1992 Stock
Option Plan for Outside Directors,  and the 1992 Incentive Stock Option Plan, of
our report dated January 21, 2000,  relating to the  consolidated  statements of
financial  condition of First  Sentinel  Bancorp,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries  as of
December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the related  consolidated  statements  of income,
stockholders'  equity,  and cash  flows for each of the years in the  three-year
period ended December 31, 1999, which report is incorporated by reference in the
December 31, 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc.




                                            KPMG LLP




Short Hills, New Jersey
March 27, 2000


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>

</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0001051092
<NAME>                        First Sentinel Bancorp, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                     1,000
<CURRENCY>                                         USD

<S>                                        <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                              12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1
<CASH>                                          11,532
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                               0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                19,075
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    788,749
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0
<LOANS>                                      1,027,120
<ALLOWANCE>                                     11,004
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,904,696
<DEPOSITS>                                   1,213,724
<SHORT-TERM>                                   202,000
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                             24,392
<LONG-TERM>                                    220,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           431
<OTHER-SE>                                     244,149
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>               1,904,696
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 68,656
<INTEREST-INVEST>                               54,732
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                     0
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                               123,388
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                              47,226
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              65,006
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                           58,382
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                    1,650
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 709
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                 24,556
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 35,807
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                      35,807
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    23,652
<EPS-BASIC>                                       0.60
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.59
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    3.19
<LOANS-NON>                                      2,356
<LOANS-PAST>                                       326
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 9,505
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      151
<RECOVERIES>                                         0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                               11,004
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                            11,004
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                            257



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission